Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

47th Annual Convention; Online; 2021

All times listed are Eastern time (GMT-4 at the time of the convention in May).

Program by Continuing Education Events: Monday, May 31, 2021


 

Invited Paper Session #358
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis as an Animal-Care Tool in Zoos and Aquariums
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
CE Instructor: Christy Alligood, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: CHRISTY ALLIGOOD (University of Florida; Disney’s Animal Kingdom)
Abstract:

In recent years, behavior has been recognized as an essential piece in the constellation of components critical to the care of animals housed in zoos and aquariums. The science of learning has many applications in these settings, and behavior analysts have contributed to the advancement of evidence-based practices particularly in the areas of husbandry training, environmental enrichment, and animal welfare. In this presentation, I will describe some examples of the role of behavior in multiple aspects of animal care. Along the way, I will highlight some key questions for the application of behavior analysis in zoological settings, some examples of work that addresses these questions, and some areas in need of further development.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This presentation is appropriate for behavior analysts interested in the application of behavior principles to behavior management across settings, and particularly in zoos and aquariums.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe at least three components of animal care at zoos and aquariums, and explain how behavior interacts with each; (2) identify at least two key questions for the application of behavior analysis in zoological settings; (3) identify at least two important areas for future development in the application of behavior analysis to animal care in zoos and aquariums.
 
CHRISTY ALLIGOOD (University of Florida; Disney’s Animal Kingdom)

Dr. Christy Alligood received an M.A. (2003) from the University of North Carolina at Wilmington and a Ph.D. (2007) from West Virginia University. She is also a doctoral-level Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D). Dr. Alligood is a Lecturer at the University of Florida, where she teaches undergraduate courses in behavior analysis. In addition, since 2007 she has worked at Disney's Animal Kingdom® in Orlando, Florida. Much of her initial work focused on a multi-faceted conservation program for Key Largo woodrats, which received a Bean Award for Significant Achievement in Captive Breeding from the Association of Zoos and Aquariums (2009) and a Federal Challenge Grant (2010) in collaboration with the Crocodile Lake National Wildlife Refuge for population monitoring work on Key Largo. Dr. Alligood now works with the Science Operations Team, where she focuses on using the science of behavior to enhance animal care. She is the secretary of the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis and has recently served as At-Large Representative to the ABAI Executive Council, Coordinator of the ABAI Special Interest Groups Board, and co-coordinator of the ABAI Applied Animal Behavior Program Area.

 
 
Symposium #360
CE Offered: BACB
Comparing Methods to Maximize Teaching: Equivalence Based Instruction, Progressive and Conventional Discrete Trial Teaching
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Discussant: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Justin B. Leaf, Ph.D.
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is a commonly used approach to teach a variety of skills for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Two studies will be presented within this symposium that involve comparisons of different approaches to DTT. The first study compared equivalence based instruction (EBI) to DTT using an adapted alternating treatments design with typically developing adult participants and children diagnosed with ASD. The second study utilized a group design to compare the effectiveness of conventional and progressive approaches to DTT when teaching tact relations (sometimes referred to as expressive labels) to children diagnosed with ASD. Both studies will be discussed with respect to their strengths, limitations, and potential future directions by the discussant.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): DTT, equivalence, tact
Target Audience: Any certified or non-certified behavior analysts providing or overseeing interventions for individuals diagnosed with ASD.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, the participants will be able to: (1) identify some conditions under which equivalence-based instruction or discrete trial teaching may be more or less preferred; (2) identify how advances in discrete trial teaching methodology and can be used to enhance instruction; (3) describe methods that can enhance the effectiveness of discrete trial teaching methods.
 

Toward Efficiency and Effectiveness: Comparing Equivalence-Based Instruction to Discrete Trial Teaching

JULIA FERGUSON (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Christine Milne (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

Research has continually found equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to be effective and efficient, with recent research extending these findings to individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). EBI has also been compared to more traditional approaches to teaching, such as traditional lectures, reading assignments, and video lectures. However, the authors are unaware of any comparisons of EBI to other similar, behavior analytic approaches such as discrete trial teaching (DTT). The purpose of this study was to compare EBI to DTT using an adapted alternating treatments design with typically developing adults, typically developing children, and children diagnosed with ASD. The two teaching approaches were evaluated with respect to mastery of trained relations, emergence of untrained relations, and participant preferences. The results will be discussed with respect to their implications for practice and research.

 

Comparing Conventional and Progressive Approaches of Discrete Trial Teaching When Teaching Tact Relations to Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Christine Milne (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), JOSEPH H. CIHON (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

There are a variety of recommendations or guidelines for interventionists when implementing discrete trial teaching (DTT) for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). These guidelines typically involve a protocol being the main source of control for the interventionist’s behavior that outlines what instruction to give, reinforcer to use, and when to use and fade prompting strategies. However, recent research has demonstrated strategies in which the main sources of control for the interventionist are relevant to the learner’s behavior and involves in-the-moment assessment, or clinical judgement, when making decisions to modify variables within intervention. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of conventional and progressive approaches to DTT when teaching tact relations (sometimes referred to as expressive labels) to children diagnosed with ASD. The effectiveness and efficiency of each approach was evaluated across several dependent variables. The results of a randomized clinical trial will be discussed with respect to implications for clinical practice and future research.

 
 
Symposium #361
CE Offered: BACB
Empirically Evaluating the Organism in Behavior Analysis: Applications to Preference Assessments
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Robert W. Isenhower (Rider University )
Discussant: Kenneth W. Jacobs (Ronin Institute)
CE Instructor: Robert W. Isenhower, Ph.D.
Abstract: Killeen and Jacobs (2017) suggest determinants of behavior other than what is currently specified in the three-term contingency. Among those determinants are the anatomical and biomechanical properties of the organism (O). The concept of affordance, first proposed by Gibson (1979), may be useful for understanding the relevance of O’s anatomical and biomechanical properties to behavior. When studied empirically, affordances have been quantified in terms of action-scaled ratios. For example, Warren (1984) used this concept to correctly predict whether or not participants would perceive staircases as climbable using the ratio of the riser height of the stairs (environmental property) to the leg length of the participant (organismic property). In order to empirically explore Killeen and Jacobs’ notion of O, we use two variations of multiple stimulus with replacement preference assessments that parametrically manipulate the distance to target stimuli. Both studies find that individuals reach for preferred stimuli at increasingly further distances. The ratio of stimulus distance to O’s arm length appears to interact with O’s preferences. We interpret these results both in terms of action-scaled ratios and traditional behavioral economic principles. We also discuss the potential functional relations between response effort, reachability, and the value of stimuli to reinforce behavior.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): preference assessments, reinforcer assessments, response effort
Target Audience: Participants should have a basic understanding of preference assessments and reinforcer assessments.
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the main types of preference assessments as well as variations on preference assessments 2. Understand how behavioral economics and action-scaled ratios can enhance our understanding of the relationship between preference and reinforcement 3. Understand the importance of incorporating biomechanical and anatomical characteristics of the participants into an experimental analysis of behavior
 
Evaluating Stimulus Preference Using a Progressive Response Effort Assessment
(Applied Research)
FRANCES A. PERRIN (Rider University), Robert W. Isenhower (Rider University), Cynthia Bott-Tomarchio (Eden Autism Services), Rachel Tait (Eden Autism Services)
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments are widely used to determine which stimuli are likely to function as reinforcers. In the current study, a procedural variation of the multiple stimulus with replacement (Windsor, Piché, & Locke, 1994) preference assessment was conducted, where the distance to the most preferred item was parametrically manipulated to assess the relationship between preference and response effort. Four children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) participated. Five stimuli were presented on a line 4 inches in front of the learner. During the first minute all stimuli remained on the line, and each stimulus was immediately replaced when selected. The stimulus selected most often became the target. Target distances were 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22, and 25 inches. In the ascending sequence, the target was moved to the next line further from the learner each subsequent minute. In the descending sequence, the target was moved to the furthest line after the initial minute and was then moved closer each subsequent minute. Data were collected on the number of selections to each stimulus at each distance. Participants selected target stimuli at that required more effort. Results are discussed in terms of behavior economic principles.
 

Examining the Relationship Between Reachability and Preference Using a Progressive Response Effort Assessment

(Applied Research)
ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Rider University), Frances A. Perrin (Rider University), Cynthia Bott-Tomarchio (Eden Autism Services), Rachel Tait (Eden Autism Services)
Abstract:

Formal stimulus preference assessments are widely used to determine which stimuli are likely to function as reinforcers during intervention. However, the relationship between preference and reinforcement needs further examination. This study used a procedural variation of the multiple stimulus with replacement (Windsor, Piché, & Locke, 1994) preference assessment where the distance to each preferred item was parametrically manipulated. Five stimuli identified as preferred using a paired choice assessment (Fisher et al., 1992) were presented on a line about 4 inches in front of the learner. Stimuli were immediately replaced when selected. During the distance manipulation phase, each time a stimulus was selected it was replaced at a line three inches further from the participant until stimuli were almost out of reach. Four children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) participated. Data were collected on the cumulative number of selections of each stimulus as well as the distance from the learner when selected. Results suggest that the effort of the response—measured in terms of stimulus distance from the learner—affected how participants allocated responding to the stimuli. Results are discussed with reference to affordances (Gibson, 1979) and the benefit of incorporating the organism (Killeen & Jacobs, 2017) into behavior analysis.

 
 
Panel #362
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Providing School-Based Interventions for Autism Spectrum Disorder in Qatar With and Without a Formal Diagnosis: A Service Delivery Model
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Shariffah Azzaam, M.Ed.
Chair: Shariffah Azzaam (Qatar Foundation; Florida Institute of Technology)
LAUREN JONES (Qatar Academy Al Khor)
SAMANTHA CAMPION (Awsaj Academy)
CHRISTINA LEE ROBERTS (Renad Academy)
Abstract:

There are an estimated 300,000 students attending schools in Qatar. A regional study in Qatar placed the number of people with ASD at 1 in 87. Due to Qatar’s requirement that all schools be inclusive, many of these students attend independent or private schools. Educators often find it difficult to support students who display behaviors similar to students who have been diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. During this panel we will discuss some of the student service model that allow for the provision of support for students regardless of a formal diagnosis.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Teachers, Practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify at least one service delivery model that is used to provide ABA to students attending schools in Qatar: (2) Review the cultural barriers associated with providing services to students who display behaviors similar to students with a formal diagnosis of Autism. (3) Review the ethical issues that arise when developing a service delivery model in Qatar.
Keyword(s): Autism Diagnosis, Middle East, Qatar, School Based
 
 
Symposium #363
CE Offered: BACB
Tolerating Tough Stuff: How to Teach Getting Through Important but Aversive Situations
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jennifer L. Cook (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Cook, M.S.
Abstract: Individuals with ASD and other neurodevelopmental disorders often have difficulty tolerating stimulus events that are important to their medical well-being (e.g., dental exams, blood draws), general health (e.g., wearing eye glasses, hearing aids, and winter mittens), safety (e.g., wearing seatbelts, bike helmets), and daily social routines (e.g., getting a haircut, managing a fear of escalators). These issues have been addressed across various research studies, but the aggregate results of these studies are not well known. The first presentation of this symposium will review the literature in this area, followed by two presentations discussing recent research on teaching children with ASD to tolerate wearing aversive apparatus. One study will describe a DRO procedure to teach two children to tolerate wearing their heart rate monitors, and the other study will demonstrate the use of a DRO plus DNRO procedure to teach four children to tolerate wearing face masks for sustained durations throughout the COVID-19 pandemic. Taken together, these three presentations will highlight an area of research that is commonly overlooked as an evidenced-base compilation of studies for teaching toleration.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): exposure, face masks, medical devices, tolerating
Target Audience: Behavior analysts who directly work with or supervise others who work with children with ASD or related disorders, or behavior analysts who support their clients in the school, home, or community setting(s).
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define passive cooperation (2) Describe some stimulus situations to which passive cooperation procedures have been applied in the literature (3) Describe intervention options that may be used to teach toleration of aversive situations (4) Describe how fading procedures have be used to teach children with ASD to wear a heart rate monitor or a face mask.
 
Passive Cooperation: A Review of the Literature on Tolerating Aversive Events
(Theory)
Jennifer L. Cook (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), RASHA BARUNI (University of South Florida), Anna Kate Edgemon (Auburn University), Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Active and passive cooperation are concepts delineated by the form of behavior, which is conditional on an aversive stimulus change. Active cooperation describes dynamic behavior in response to an instruction. Passive cooperation involves the omission of problem behavior in response to specific stimulus conditions. The antecedent stimulus conditions for either active or passive cooperation are considered aversive because they have a history of evoking uncooperative escape behaviors (Rapp, 2012, 2013; Cook et al., 2015). Despite the importance of passive cooperation interventions for teaching individuals to tolerate stimuli required for medical, health, safety, or daily activities, there are no existing literature reviews on this topic. The purpose of this review is to (a) systematically review the behavior analytic literature on passive cooperation for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and related disabilities, and (b) categorize these studies to guide researchers and practitioners to identify efficacious assessments and interventions. We found that passive cooperation research has been applied to four broad categories of stimulus situations involving (a) medical and dental procedures, (b) hygiene routines, (c) prolonged tactile contact (e.g., clothing, devices), and (d) feared stimuli.
 

Increasing Compliance With Wearing a Medical Device in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
MARIE-MICHÈLE DUFOUR (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal)
Abstract:

Health professionals often recommend the use of medical devices to assess the health, monitor the well-being, or improve the quality of life of their patients. Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may present challenges in these situations as their sensory peculiarities may increase refusals to wear such devices. To address this issue, the current study systematically replicated prior research that implemented interventions to increase compliance with wearing different medical devices (Cook et al., 2015; Richling et al., 2011). More specifically, we examined the effects of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) to increase compliance with wearing a heart rate monitor in 2 children with autism. The intervention increased compliance to 100% for both participants when an edible reinforcer was delivered every 90 s. The results indicate that DRO does not require the implementation of extinction to increase compliance with wearing a medical device. More research is needed to examine whether the reinforcement schedule can be further thinned.

 

Wearing Face Masks: Removing Barriers to Accessing School and the Community for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
Jennifer L. Cook (University of South Florida), VANESSA MARIE LARSON (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

With the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, parents and teachers have faced the unique challenge of quickly teaching children with ASD to tolerate face masks, so they may continue therapy, attend school, or otherwise participate in community spaces, such as retail stores. We used a DRO procedure within a changing criterion design consisting of no-mask breaks and tangible reinforcers to teach four children with ASD of varying abilities to cooperate with wearing face masks for up to one hour. Additionally, one participant was taught over telehealth, with the aid of a Spanish-language interpreter. We included video models that were also narrated in Spanish within a behavior skills training procedure for the parent. During baseline, none of the children were able to meet the one-hour criterion. Results demonstrate that systematic fading of latency criteria across trials was successful in teaching all children to cooperate with keeping their masks on for at least one hour. Further, all participants were able to wear masks across consecutive one-hour periods (with brief no-mask breaks), and two participants that attended an inclusive classroom were able to keep their masks on for the full duration of the school day without any programmed no-mask breaks.

 
 
Panel #364
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Increasing Cultural Responsiveness: Empirical and Applied Efforts in the Work With Latinx Caregivers of Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano, M.S.
Chair: Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano (Southern Illinois University)
NATALIA BAIRES (Southern Illinois University)
LUISA F CANON (Institute for Effective Behavioral Interventions (IEBI))
I. PATRICIA PATRICIA GUERRERO (Early interventions & Parent Support)
Abstract:

Behavioral parent training is a fundamental aspect during treatment of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities. However, practitioners often find that rule-governed parenting represents a significant challenge to the effectiveness of the intervention. An approach to addressing this challenge and enhancing treatment outcomes is Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT). With vast empirical evidence targeting different variables, ACT is promising for caregivers of individuals with ASD. However, the integration of ACT within behavior-analytic services may be insufficient, as values within the cultural context are seldom considered. In an effort to increase cultural responsiveness, the present panel will inform on the awareness, knowledge, and approaches of behavior analysts that have primarily worked with Latinx caregivers. Specifically, ACT work with Latinx caregivers will be explored from a cultural perspective, as well as the current state of the literature in culturally adapting behavior-analytic approaches for the Latinx community. Panelists will discuss how others who work with Latinx caregivers may overcome barriers that topographically resemble non-adherence but are in fact behaviors that align with Latinx cultural values. Moreover, recommendations for adjusting treatment and methods for increasing success with treatment will be provided.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Students, practitioners, and researchers with knowledge or competency in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss the current state of the literature in culturally adapting behavior-analytic approaches for the Latinx community (2) Engage in behaviors to assist in overcoming barriers that topographically resemble non-adherence but are in fact behaviors that align with Latinx cultural values (3) Utilize recommendations that can adjust treatment and methods for increasing success with treatment among Latinx caregivers
Keyword(s): ACT, behavioral parent-training, cultural responsiveness, Latinx caregivers
 
 
Symposium #365
CE Offered: BACB
Programming System-Wide Differential Reinforcement Procedures
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Dawn O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
Discussant: Ashley Shayter (Northern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Ashley Shayter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement procedures involving behavior contracts and token economies are implemented program wide at a residential treatment facility for students with severe problem behaviors. The Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (JRC) serves 138 school-aged students and 143 adults with ages ranging from 9 to 61 years old. Approximately 77% of clients have developmental and intellectual disabilities and the remaining 23% of clients have emotional and behavioral disorder classifications. We serve many individuals with limited verbal behavior, yet all clients have individualized behavior contracts with differential reinforcement of other, alternative, or incompatible behavior. Behavior contracts are set for specific times of day (overnight, transport, school hours, evening hours), settings (school, residence, or community), and include various response criteria (academic or adaptive tasks and withholding dangerous and disruptive problem behavior). The majority of school-age students also utilize token economies using conditioned reinforcers. We describe the programmatic implementation of large scale, yet individualized differential reinforcement procedures, and their impact on academic and adaptive behavioral functioning.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavior contracts, contingency contracts, monetary-based rewards, token economy
Target Audience:

Audience should have some working knowledge of behavior contracts and token economies.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) understand the program-wide application of differential reinforcement procedures to a range of behavior topographies across settings and response criteria, (2) the unique application of behavior contracts with non-verbal clients, and the (3) application of a school-wide reward system to shape academic and adaptive behavior repertoires.
 

System-Wide Use of Behavioral Contracts Across Verbal Populations, Behaviors, and Settings

SIMMS HISE (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Dawn O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
Abstract:

Behavioral contracts, interchangeable with contingency contracts, are widely utilized in the field of applied behavior analysis. The use of which has been primarily associated with individuals who have a specific set of verbal and conceptual prerequisite capabilities (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2020). The purpose of this discussion is to denote the efficacy of behavioral contracting with individuals regardless of their level of functioning, verbal behavior, or diagnosis. Each of the clients we serve, from non-verbal clients with limited receptive language repertoires to fully verbal clients with emotionally disturbed classifications, benefit from differential reinforcement in the form of behavioral contracts. This is evidenced by the often immediate deceleration of target problem behavior and increase in appropriate replacement behaviors following contract implementation. Clients with limited verbal repertoires may take longer to discriminate the contingency, but repetition and contact with reinforcement generally leads to the desired outcome. The data collected show a direct correlation between the implementation of behavioral contracts with a wide array of individuals and the subsequent decrease in aberrant behavior. System-wide use of behavioral contracting fosters programmatic consistency, ease of implementation, and systematic replication.

 

Shaping Academic and Adaptive Behavior Repertoires With a System-Wide Token Economy

JOSEPH TACOSIK (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Dawn O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts may assist with the development of academic goals and implementation of programs to improve academic performance and adaptive behaviors. A token economy is one procedure used by many behavior change agents to improve various topographies of behavior. Token economies can be used for a single topography for one client, such as attending behavior during brief sessions (Tarbox, Ghezzi, & Wilson, 2006) or for a large group of individuals and various response criteria, such as 600 mine operators without individual or within group injuries (Fox, Hopkins, & Anger, 1987). A carefully managed token economy can be inexpensive, applied across multiple students in a classroom, and effective. Here we review the system-wide use of a token economy in place at the Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (JRC), a residential treatment facility. Students earn red and blue tickets (tangibles) as well as academic money (digital currency) for the successful completion of academic tasks and for engaging in positive, replacement behaviors. The use of a ticket system provides immediate conditioned tangible reinforcers for target behavior and helps improve academic performance across classrooms. We outline the implementation of the program wide token economy and demonstrate improvement for both academic and behavioral performance.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #366
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
The Interaction Between Development and Instruction
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DEV
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Kieva Hranchuk, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: KIEVA HRANCHUK (St. Lawrence College)
Abstract:

The difference between curricula and pedagogy is highlighted best when we consider what we teach versus how we teach it. There exists an interaction between development and instruction such that instruction can only be effective if the educator considers the learner’s level of verbal development. The ways in which we teach must cater to the current verbal developmental cusps found within the learner’s repertoire. While the progression of instructional objectives targeted within a curriculum will change as the learner acquires the necessary prerequisite skills to move forward, attention should be placed on modifying the ways in which we teach those subsequent objectives. Research in the field of verbal behavior development has proven time and time again that the acquisition of skills can be accelerated if the method of teaching is consistent with the capabilities that the learner exhibits, i.e. the presence of verbal developmental cusps within their repertoire.

Target Audience:

Educators, Practitioners, and Researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss verbal developmental cusps; (2) identify how verbal development relates to pedagogy; (3) modify instruction to better suit the learner.
 
KIEVA HRANCHUK (St. Lawrence College)
Kieva is both a certified special education teacher and a doctoral-level board certified behavior analyst. She specializes in teacher training as well as in supervision of evidence-based service delivery to students with and without disabilities. Her interests include effective delivery of instruction, analyzing rates of learning in young children, inclusion/integration, kindergarten readiness, verbal behavior development, and the CABAS® model. Her research focuses on how teaching procedures can be effectively modified to accelerate student learning. Kieva received her undergraduate degree in Psychology from Queen’s University in Kingston, Ontario, and a Behavioural Science Technician post-graduate certificate from George Brown College in Toronto, Ontario. She then worked at both Surrey Place Centre in Toronto and at the CHEO Autism Program in Ottawa before making the big move to New York City. There, she earned her M.A. in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis and her Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis at Columbia University. She has taught at both Columbia University and Arizona State University as an Adjunct Assistant Professor. Additionally, Kieva helped to pioneer the Scottsdale Children’s Institute, an integrated kindergarten readiness program in Arizona where she then served as the Clinical Director for two years before moving back to Canada to begin her career as a full-time Professor at St. Lawrence College.
 
 
Symposium #367
CE Offered: BACB
Have the What Works Clearinghouse Standards for Single Case Designs Influenced Behavior Analysis Research?
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Utah State University)
Discussant: Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Kristin Griffith, M.A.
Abstract:

The evidence-based practice (EBP) movement in human services has increased interest in the quality research and synthesis of literature bases. In the early days of the EBP movement, there were no standards for evaluating the quality of research using single case designs (SCDs). As a consequence, evidence based on these designs were excluded from systematic reviews and meta-analyses on effective interventions. In 2013, the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) finalized standards for SCDs. In this symposium, we examined the impact of these standards on research involving single case design in Applied Behavior Analysis. We reviewed all articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis to determine if there was a change in the research practices in the five years after the standards relative to the five years prior to their publication. The first paper in this session reports the method and results of this review. The second paper discusses limitations of SCD research in JABA and limitations of the standards. We will also outline suggestions for future research so that it is included in systematic reviews and meta-analyses and can contribute to the knowledge base.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): dissemination, literature syntheses, methodology, single-case design
Target Audience:

basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe... 1) the two components of the What Works Clearinghouse Standards (WWC) for Single Case Designs. 2) the implications for behavior analysis research for failing to adhere to the WWC standards for single case designs. 3) the limitations of the WWC single case design standards.
 
Applying the What Works Clearinghouse Single Case Design Standards to Applied Behavior Analytic Research
(Applied Research)
SCOTT PAGE (Utah State University), Juliana Aguilar (Utah State University), Stephanie Mattson (Utah State University), Kristin Griffith (Utah State University), Ronnie Detrich (Utah State University)
Abstract: The single case design (SCD) standards developed by the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) have provided a framework to evaluate the quality of SCD research. The standards allow for appraisal and synthesis of the literature that is most often conducted in the field of behavior analysis, creating a bridge to other disciplines that could benefit from our findings. The extent to which these standards have been adopted by the larger behavior analytic community has not been assessed. Therefore, the purpose of this paper was to review the impact these standards have had on the design and reporting of behavior analytic research using SCDs. To investigate this, we reviewed all articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis from five years before and five years after the WWC SCD standards were published. Only studies using withdrawal or multiple baseline designs were included. The findings from our review indicate that there have not been substantial change in the number of behavior analytic articles that met WWC SCD standards since the standards were first published in 2013. Limitations of the review and suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 
How the What Works Clearinghouse Single Case Design Standards Influence Dissemination of Behavior Analytic Research
(Applied Research)
KRISTIN GRIFFITH (Utah State University), Stephanie Mattson (Utah State University), Juliana Aguilar (Utah State University), Scott Page (Utah State University), Ronnie Detrich (Utah State University)
Abstract: In 2013, the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) formalized and published design and evidence standards to proficiently judge the quality of evidence provided by studies using single case design (SCD) methodology. Reviewing ten years of SCD research a flagship journal in behavior analysis revealed that there has not been a substantial change in the number of articles meeting design and evidence standards following their publication. This paper will briefly discuss how findings from this review may limit the ability of behavior analysts to successfully disseminate their work to other relevant disciplines. We will discuss issues encountered in applying the standards, the applicability of the standards to SCD design variations, and other barriers that may prevent behavior analytic research from being included in systematic reviews and meta-analyses. We conclude by discussing directions to explore to improve the reporting of SCD research, possible refinements for the WWC standards, and ways to promote the dissemination of behavior analytic research.
 
 
Symposium #369
CE Offered: BACB
Title: Monetary Incentives and Goals: Recent Research and Application
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Barbara R. Bucklin (The Bucklin Group, Inc.)
Discussant: Barbara R. Bucklin (The Bucklin Group, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Dan B. Sundberg, Ph.D.
Abstract: Monetary incentives and goals, alone and in combination, have been shown to improve performance in a variety of settings. Well controlled research on incentives is difficult to do in applied settings because the systematic manipulation of pay systems affects employee income. Additionally, it is often not feasible or appropriate to implement different pay systems or stagger the implementation for employees within the same organization. The first presentation will describe a laboratory study that examined the relative effects of tiered goals and monetary incentives. Unless goals are set too high, monetary incentives enhance the effectiveness of goals. However, it is difficult to set goals that are appropriate for all employees: Goals may be too high for some, just right for some, and too low for others. Tiered goals, setting multiple goals or sub-goals for performance, may offer a solution to this problem and promote the enhancing effects of the incentives. While laboratory research can inform organizational decisions about incentive systems, it cannot address issues that arise when implementing them. The second presentation will describe case studies that examined the effects of various monetary incentive systems in an applied setting, along with the trials and tribulations (and successes) that accompanied their implementation
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Business Practice, Monetary Incentives, OBM, Performance Pay
Target Audience: Those responsible for managing the performance of others in the workplace. In particular those in senior leadership or business owner positions. Also, those generally interested in performance management and Organizational Behavior Management
Learning Objectives: Understand basic research associated with monetary incentives and it's impact on performance in the workplace Understand the interaction between goal and monetary incentives Describe potential applications of monetary incentive systems in the workplace
 

Pay Systems and Goals-Setting: 'Til Research Do Them Part

(Basic Research)
ALEJANDRO RAMOS (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Goals are often touted as a relatively inexpensive and easy way to increase performance. For organizations, goals and incentives often go hand-in-hand and thus it is difficult to know the true impact of the goals on employee performance. This talk will begin by summarizing the different types of goal-setting strategies before delving into the concept of tiered goals and the reasoning behind their potential efficacy. It will then discuss the methodology of a laboratory study that focused on the effects of tiered goals and piece-rate pay, both alone and in combination. The results will then be discussed, the findings from which could change the way that organizations use goals and piece rate pay as a means to improve the performance of their employees. At a minimum, tiered goals could add another tool to the performance improvement toolkit within an organization – one that is an advancement over the common goal-setting methods.

 

Using Money Effectively: A Case Study in Monetary Incentives

(Applied Research)
DAN B. SUNDBERG (Kendrick Realty, Inc.)
Abstract:

Monetary incentive systems are an extremely popular area for research and discussion in both the business and academic world. For good reason, these systems receive an intense amount of interest including the attention of Nobel Prize winning researchers. Salary and wage expenses typically account for 25% - 50% or more of a businesses expenses. Understanding how best to deploy such resources in a business represent tremendous opportunity for cost savings and performance improvement. The present case study will examine the application of various monetary incentive systems in an applied setting, including commission pay, wage pay, and bonus systems. Comparisons will be drawn between experimental studies and the results of these applied studies. Audience members will gain a deeper understanding of monetary incentives through real-world examples, including successes and failures. Applying laboratory research to the real world can be a messy affair, and sharing these attempts with others helps the field advance.

 
 
Symposium #370
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Diversity submission Applications of Training Packages to Increase Fidelity of Core Competencies for Registered Behavior Technicians
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Lynn Hilton (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Jessica Piazza, M.Ed.
Abstract:

The Registered Behavior TechnicianTM (RBT®) credential has resulted in over 80,000 individuals being certified by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) since its creation in 2014. RBTs provide direct service to individuals receiving Applied Behavior Analysis services, which has resulted in individuals with this credential becoming the face of the field, which many families and clients work with the majority of their treatment time. It is imperative that the training of individuals who hold the credential of RBT receive high quality and effective training. Empirically validated training packages can be used to train a variety of topics essential to the core competencies of the RBT credential. This symposium will present applied research that has investigated effective training focused specifically on individuals who are certified as an RBT. Training topics include the writing of effective session notes, treatment integrity of RBT implementation of preference assessments and discrete trial training, and RBT session feedback delivery to families of clients.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: Learning objective: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify one training technique for training RBTs to write objective session notes (2) treatment fidelity for discrete trial training and preference assessments, (3) provide culturally sensitive session feedback
 
Diversity submission Treatment Integrity: A Comparison Study
ROXANNE GAYLE (Trumpet Behavioral Health; Endicott College)
Abstract: As Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) becomes more prevalent, practitioners within the field of behavior analysis continue to develop therapeutic techniques. With that being said, there is an increasing legal and ethical burden placed on the practitioner working with an ASD population to use evidence-based interventions that have been evaluated in the scientific literature (Detrich 2008). As practitioners sift through the literature, they also have to consider the treatment integrity regarding implementation of procedures that are selected for clients. Treatment integrity refers to the extent to which the intervention was implemented as intended (Vermilyea, Barlow, & O’Brien, 1984; Yeaton & Sechrest, 1981). Treatment integrity, as a construct, factors considerably in the implementation of an intervention and a high level of treatment integrity has been associated with increased probability of changes on treatment outcome measures (Livani et al, 2013; Perepletchikova & Kazdin, 2005). A comparison study was conducted to determine if different types of treatment integrity checklists yield different results. The current study provided similar results as previous studies, when treatment integrity increased, client outcomes increased. Although one checklist did not yield greater results, the participants rated written feedback on a detailed checklist most useful with gaining and retaining accuracy in implementation.
 
Diversity submission 

Implementing the Teaching Interaction Procedure to Train Objective Session Notes Via Telehealth

JESSICA PIAZZA (Endicott College; CARE, LLC)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of using Teaching Interaction Procedure (TIP) in order to remotely train RBT certificants to write objective session notes. Session notes are a required component for each behavior analytic session conducted by an RBT. This requirement is present for acquiring and maintaining the certification as well as necessary for many funders of behavior analytic services. It is imperative that session documentation presents information in an objective format in order to accurately detail client progress. Behavior analysts can utilize proven training techniques in order to increase the fidelity of documentation of services completed by RBTs. A multiple baseline design across participants was employed with 3 RBTs. RBTs’ session notes during in home behavior analytic sessions were used as probes. Each RBT received the training, which implemented the TIP remotely, detailing how to write narrative sections of session notes objectively. Results indicate that all participants met mastery criteria within 3-4 teaching sessions and maintained these results across maintenance probes.

 
Diversity submission Providing Culturally Sensitive Feedback
NICHOLAS VINCENT ORLAND (Endicott College; Dubai Autism Center)
Abstract: Dubai, United Arab Emirates is composed of 90% expats who hail from various parts of the world (such as the United Kingdom, India, and Philippines). As Registered Behavior Technicians (RBT) provide session feedback to these parents from various parts of the world, miscommunications can occur which can potentially cause a variety of challenges (which can range from the therapist being viewed as “rude” by the parent to the parent discontinuing the service due to a miscommunication). A multiple baseline study across participants was employed at the Dubai Autism Center (a state-of-the-art treatment environment located in the heart of Dubai) with 3 RBTs. The RBTs were trained on core competence skills associated with providing culturally sensitive session feedback. Behavior Skills Training (BST) was utilized as the training intervention. This study is currently in progress and results are expected to indicate mastery criteria within 3 to 4 teaching sessions and will maintain over time across maintenance and generalization probes.
 
 
Symposium #371
CE Offered: BACB
Everyone Cares About Quality: How Do We Show It?
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ellie Kazemi (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
Discussant: Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Richard Wayne Fuqua, Ph.D.
Abstract:

What patients, their parents/guardians, insurance providers, and the community at large have in common with direct care staff, clinical supervisors, and ABA service organizations is that each stakeholder cares about quality services. To assureall stakeholders that quality services are being provided, a neutral entity must set standards to define what is considered quality. Such standards are typically based on the scientific literature, and where research may fall short, subject matter experts provide guidance based on best practice. Then, to determine if services meet these standards, an objective entity conducts thorough evaluations using reliable assessment methods. In this symposium, we will share how Behavioral Health Center of Excellence (BHCOE) has developed a quality assurance system with a focus on our accumulated data collected over the past five years. The first presenter will discuss the value of quality assurance and best practice recommendations for conducting quality assurance. The second presenter will discuss outcomes assessments and why they are important for determining the value of behavioral interventions for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The third and fourth presenters will share the results of evaluations with patients and staff. All presenters will discuss the implications of their findings and future steps.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): assessment, patient outcomes, quality assurance, supervision
Target Audience:

Audience members should have a general understanding of assessments such as the VB-MAPP and Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales as well as concepts such as social validity, treatment fidelity, and organizational systems.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define quality assurance and identify common strategies for measuring, assessing, and reporting on quality assurance; (2) describe the difference between individual and organizational outcomes; and (3) describe how patient and staff surveys can be employed measures of quality assurance.
 
A Multimodal Approach to Measuring Quality Assurance
(Applied Research)
NIKKI WILLIAMS (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College), Ellie Kazemi (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
Abstract: Quality assurance in human care services refers to a systematic process that organizational employees conduct to determine if the services that employees provide meet quality standards. Important components of the quality assurance process are the collecting and reporting on data. One way to evaluate quality is through the use of multimodal measures that examine key performance indicators. This presentation describes multimodal assessment strategies for quality assurance in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) organizations. To do this, we discuss the importance and use of different key performance indicators collected from 220 ABA organizations for approximately 14,500 patients throughout the United States. For example, 65% of organizations assess their supervisors for competence. But, when analyzed by the number of patients served, 57% of patients work with supervisors whose competence has been assessed. Assessing supervisor competence is one example of how the type of measurement taken and the analysis of obtained data can influence statements about quality assurance. Throughout our presentation, we will discuss additional examples to highlight the many ways quality assurance can be measured, assessed, and reported.
 
Organizational Outcome Data: Don't I Already Do That?
(Applied Research)
SCOTT PAGE (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Ellie Kazemi (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College)
Abstract: Behavior analysts commonly use skill-based and adaptive assessments to analyze individual patient outcomes and to customize treatment programs. However, as a whole, such assessments provide limited demonstration of organizational effectiveness and the data that might speak to organizational outcomes do not appear to be widely collected. The growth of applied behavior analysis as an effective treatment option for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder is causing funding sources to be increasingly interested in the accurate measurement, assessment, and reporting of organizational outcomes. In this presentation, we describe the distribution of organizational outcome data submitted during accreditation processes spanning five years and involving 218 organizations and 15 norm-referenced and criterion-referenced assessments. We then discuss examples of the procedures being used to track organizational outcomes. Finally, we review some of the many benefits that result from tracking organizational outcomes. These include: communicating internally with staff and patients about current quality of care; communicating organizational effectiveness to potential clients and funding sources; identification of opportunities for targeted staff training; and the ability to use data to make decisions that drive company progress toward organizational mission and values.
 
Patient Satisfaction as a Quality Assurance Metric: What it Does and Doesn’t Tell Us
(Applied Research)
P. MICAH FRIDDLE (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Ellie Kazemi (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College)
Abstract: Quality assurance measurements are an important, but under-utilized and under-researched, component of applied behavior analysis (ABA) services. Measuring patient satisfaction is one type of quality assurance measure that ensures the social validity of services offered by ABA providers. In this study, we sought to determine which characteristics of clinical quality and organizational processes have the greatest impact on the overall satisfaction of patients or their caregivers. As part of a comprehensive quality review of ABA service providers, we administered patient satisfaction surveys to the patient or their primary caregivers. Each survey asked questions about the caregivers’ level of agreement with statements about their service provider spanning six domains of clinical quality and organizational processes. These domains were: caregiver involvement, patient progress, navigating funding, scheduling, staff training and abilities, and treatment programs. Regression analyses suggest patient progress was the most important predictor of overall caregiver satisfaction. Additionally, the organizational processes of scheduling, staff training and abilities, and caregiver involvement were predictive of overall patient satisfaction. In total, the data and methods presented here highlight how measuring patient satisfaction may help ABA providers identify barriers to patient satisfaction and to develop targeted, function-based interventions to overcome these barriers.
 
Staff Satisfaction Surveys: A Multi-Organization Analysis of Quality Assurance Data
(Applied Research)
MELISSA COTTENGIM (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Ellie Kazemi (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College)
Abstract: Quality assurance (QA) systems are widely adopted practices in healthcare, pharmacy, and laboratory settings. In the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA), quality assurance is equally important but is not a current standard practice. In this study, staff satisfaction surveys were administered to 27,472 employees at 360 ABA organizations through the BHCOE accreditation process. Survey response completion rate was at 65% with 17,855 employee respondents. The survey comprised 67 total questions, measured through a five-point Likert scale, across seven sections including work engagement, career development, compensation, benefits, relationship management, scheduling, and work environment. We examined the relationship between employee satisfaction and overall quality markers reviewing data that had been collected over the past four years. We used a predictive model fit through linear regression to pinpoint the most meaningful sections of our staff satisfaction survey that predict an organization’s overall accreditation score. The results suggest the most important predictor of staff satisfaction was work engagement and the least important predictor was scheduling and work environment. We will discuss considerations for organizations in developing a QA system, the development and utility of staff satisfaction survey, and directions for future research.
 
 
Symposium #372
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
So You Have a Behavior Analyst Licensure Law: Now what?
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University and ABAI Licensing Committee)
Discussant: John Walter Scibak (Retired Massachusetts State Representative and ABAI Licensing Committee)
CE Instructor: Gordon Bourland, Ph.D.
Abstract: Once a state, province, or other governmental jurisdiction has enacted a statute establishing licensure of behavior analysts, can behavior analysts finally breathe a sigh of relief and relax? Statues and experience clearly indicate the answer is an emphatic “NO!” Once a behavior analyst licensure law is enacted, behavior analysts still need to be very vigilant and active with respect to it. The presentations will address some of the crucial tasks in which behavior analyst need to engage once licensure is established.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ABA Licensure, Maintaining licensure, Public policy
Target Audience: Intermediate instruction level Attendees familiar with applied behavior analysis and interested in or familiar with behavior analysis licensure and public policy activities will benefit the most from this symposium.
Learning Objectives: Participants will: 1. Outline and plan post licensure law passage activities that will enable the law to be carried out as efficiently as possible. 2. Describe how to move to the execution and implementation stage of recently past licensure legislation laws in their states. 3. State an activity involving behavior analyst licensure regulations in which they should be prepared to engage, 4. State an activity involving other professions with which behavior analysts should be prepared to engage, once behavior analyst licensure is established. 5. State the basic components of sunset review. 6. State what can happen to a state’s behavior analyst licensure program as a result of a sunset review.
 

We Have a Behavior Analyst Licensure Law, Can’t We Relax Now?

JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services and ABAI Licensing Committee)
Abstract:

The passage of a licensure law is by no means the end of the road for the behavior analysis community in states that have just reached this milestone. The local chapter that supports behavior analysis activities should immediately begin to identify potential members of the licensing board that can be nominated and ultimately will be put in place to serve on the board. This panel will enable those that are on the brink of implementing licensure to be equipped with a step-by-step protocol by which to fully participate in this process. A number of things need to be identified that help to maintain the momentum that led to the passage of the licensure law in the first place. These catalysts will be identified and outlined for interested Behavior Analysts in states that are at this process step in their licensure law.

 
Licensure Laws and Regulations Are In Place: Now We Can Relax, Right?
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates and ABAI Licensing Committee), John Walter Scibak (Retired Massachusetts State Representative and ABAI Licensing Committee)
Abstract: After a behavior analyst licensure law has been enacted and the initial version of the relevant regulations to guide implementation have been established, behavior analysts are wise to remain vigilant regarding and engaged with licensure issues. The initial version of regulations may require updating as new issues germane to behavior analyst licensure arise and as regulations requiring clarification. In addition, licensure opponents may try to have the statute repealed or suggest onerous regulatory changes. Behavior analysts need to monitor carefully any proposed changes and provide comment regarding them. Behavior analysts should monitor meetings of the regulatory bodies involved with licensure to stay informed with decisions and ongoing discussion as well as provide input regarding issues that should be considered by the body. Additionally, behavior analysts should closely monitor possible activities of other governmental entities and other professions that could have an impact on behavior analysts and their licensure and be prepared to address those activities.
 
Watching the Sunset!
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University and ABAI Licensing Committee)
Abstract: Many states require state agencies and programs periodically to be reviewed and evaluated by a designated group of people. That group makes recommendations to legislators regarding whether each agency and program should be continued as it is, be revised in some manner, or be eliminated. The legislature then decided what course of action to take. This process is called sunset review. The sunset review process differs across states. The sunset review process has occurred, is occurring, or soon will occur in several states. Given the possible changes that could occur to behavior analyst licensure due to the sunset review process, behavior analysts should be aware of when their licensing program is to be reviewed and actively participating in public input regarding the initial review and regarding the subsequent legislative action. Examples of sunset review activity related to behavior analyst licensure in several states will be discussed.
 

So, What Should You Do Next?

JOHN WALTER SCIBAK (Retired Massachusetts State Representative and ABAI Licensing Committee)
Abstract:

An overview will be provided of the range of activities that behavior analysts should consider for maximizing the likelihood of behavior analyst licensure adequately protecting the public and supporting the profession of behavior analysis. Elaboration of particular strategies and tactics for doing so will be tailored to address questions raised by attendees.

 
 
Symposium #373
CE Offered: BACB
Acceptance and Commitment Training: Evaluating Direct Measures of Overt Behaviours Across Populations
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kendra Thomson (Brock University )
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
CE Instructor: Kendra Thomson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Acceptance and commitment training (ACTraining) is a third wave, empirically supported behavioural intervention that has been demonstrated to improve the quality of life across numerous populations. ACTraining differs from Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), as ACT focuses on the therapeutic delivery in the psychotherapy realm. Comparatively, ACTraining focuses on providing individuals with the tools to implement ACT in their daily lives. With increasing interest in ACTraining within the field of behaviour analysis, this symposium explores its diverse application across a variety of populations. Presenters will explore the use of direct measures of overt behaviours when training mediators to facilitate ACTraining, the delivery of ACTraining in a group format for caregivers of individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities, and the implementation of ACTraining in an individual format with caregivers, staff, and individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Discussion also includes the delivery of ACTraining within the scope of behaviour analysis, adapting the delivery of ACTraining to a telecommunication format, gaps in the ACT literature, and potential future directions.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ACTraining, caregivers, direct measurement, neurodevelopmental disabilities
Target Audience:

Designed for: Students, researchers, and Clinicians

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: 1. Describe how to use direct measures when implementing ACT 2. Discuss various gaps in the ACT literature 3. Describe how direct measurements of ACT processes can be implemented with a variety of populations 4. Describe how self-monitoring can be incorporated into an ACT intervention 5. Assess & describe the pros and cons of providing an intervention using a telecommunication platform
 

A Systematic Review of Acceptance and Commitment Training in the Behavioral Intervention of Individuals With Autism and Developmental Disorders

VICTORIA DANIELA CASTILLO (Endicott College), Emma Isabel Moon (Pepperdine University), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University)
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is a contemporary approach to dealing with unhelpful private events and improving psychological flexibility (Hayes et al., 2006) that is often used in psychotherapy (Szabo, 2019). Non-psychotherapeutic uses of ACT have been referred to as Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACTraining; Moran, 2011, 2015; Szabo, 2019), which refers to the use of six processes: present moment attention/mindfulness, values clarification, committed action, self-as-context, defusion, and acceptance (Hayes et al., 2006), implemented in the context of a training method.Recent interest in ACTraining within the behavior analytic community has led behavior analysts to question whether ACTraining is truly useful to the field and whether it’s within their scope of practice. Tarbox et al. (2020) have proposed that the use of ACTraining is within the scope of practice of behavior analysts and aligns with the seven dimensions of ABA as outlined by Baer et al. (1968). Thus, the purpose of this study was to provide a review of single-case research designs measuring the behavioral effects of ACTraining components conducted with individuals with ASD/DD, their parents, and/or their staff and to inform clinicians/researchers about what variables have been evaluated and what gaps still exist.

 

Implementing and Evaluating Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in the Context of ABA for Children With Autism

AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Alexandra Little (University of Southern California), Erica Baron (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Courtney Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Tom G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology), Taira Bermudez (FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

While research on the use of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) with individuals with autism has been increasing in recent years, it remains true that there are limited data demonstrating its effectiveness on generating overt behavior change for this population in the applied clinical context. The current presentation reviews a series of treatment evaluations which used multiple baseline designs to analyze the effects of ACT interventions on overt behavior change for children with autism as a part of their clinical ABA treatment. Based on an initial analysis of the participants indirect acting contingencies, multiple exemplar training was used to teach one of the six behavioral repertoires outlined on the ACT Hexaflex (acceptance, present moment, self as context, defusion, values, or committed action). Results of these evaluations suggest that ACT strategies can produce socially significant behavior change in this population with generalization to direct care staff. Maintenance data and social validity data were also collected and will be discussed.

 

Self-Monitoring Committed Actions During Acceptance and Commitment Training for Caregivers of People With Neurodevelopmental Disabilities

AMANDA MARCINKIEWICZ (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Carly Magnacca (Brock University), Sarah Davis (Brock University), Lee Steel (The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health (CAMH)), Linda Moroz (Bethesda), Yona Lunsky (The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health (CAMH))
Abstract:

Caregivers of people with neurodevelopmental disabilities often experience greater psychological distress than other caregivers. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) has been shown to decrease this psychological distress. Limited research has measured a core component of ACT (committed actions), which could be crucial in understanding how ACT can improve life satisfaction. In two separate studies, we asked caregivers in an in-person ACT-workshop (N=11) and caregivers in a virtual adaptation of the ACT-workshop (N=14) to complete standard psychological measures and self-monitor their frequency of committed actions pre-, post- and 1-month follow-up. Post-ACT, the in-person group average frequency of self-monitoring committed actions increased from 0 in baseline to 3.9 days per-week across four weeks, which returned to baseline levels in follow-up. Statistical analyses indicated therapeutic trends for all psychological measures, with decreases in parenting stress scores approaching statistical significance. Post-ACT, the virtual ACT-workshop results for self-monitoring increased from 0.33 in baseline to 3.56 days per-week across seven weeks. Statistical analyses indicated significant results for decreasing parenting stress, depression, anxiety and stress. Follow-up results are currently being collected. Results may help inform how self-monitoring committed actions may impact or relate to self-reported measures of psychological distress and impact the overall ACT experience for caregivers.

 

Evaluating Behavioural Skills Training via Telecommunication to Teach Mediators to Facilitate Acceptance and Commitment Training

CARLY MAGNACCA (Brock University), Amanda Marcinkiewicz (Brock University), Sarah Davis (Brock University), Lee Steel (The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health (CAMH)), Yona Lunsky (The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health (CAMH)), Kenneth Fung (University of Toronto), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University)
Abstract:

Multiple randomized control trials have demonstrated the effectiveness of acceptance and commitment training (ACT) for improving the quality of life of numerous populations, including caregivers of children with neurodevelopmental disabilities. However, little research has been conducted on effective methods to train facilitators to lead ACT experiential exercises in general, with even less research incorporating caregivers as co-facilitators. To increase potential facilitators’ access to ACT facilitation training and reduce geographical barriers, a telecommunication format may be leveraged. The aim of this research was to examine the effect of providing behavioural skills training via telecommunication to caregiver and clinician facilitators across Canada that had already received a manualized, group-based ACT facilitation training to prepare to facilitate ACT workshops themselves. This study included a total of five caregivers and three clinicians, where quantitative data on fidelity and confidence was collected at baseline, post-training, and at 1-month follow-up using a multiple-baseline design. The results from this study suggest that implementing behavioural skills training to teach facilitators to provide ACT greatly improved the facilitators’ fidelity implementing three ACT exercises. Increasing the number of competently trained facilitators will help build capacity to increase caregivers’ access to ACT, ideally resulting in decreased levels of stress, anxiety, and depression this population has reported experiencing.

 
 
Symposium #374
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Diversity in Behavior Analysis: Cultural Competence, Neurodiversity, Ableism, and Practicing What We Should Be Preaching
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Diana J. Walker (Visions, LLC; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Diana J. Walker, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will address diversity issues within the field of behavior analysis, with emphasis on humility, cultural humility, pragmatism, and inclusion. The first talk will present data on the diversity of behavior analysts practicing in Ontario, as well as their self-reports of how culturally competent they believe they are, in comparison with the level of diversity education and training they report. A second presentation will describe the neurodiversity movement, autistic culture, and how traditional Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) contributes to the trauma autistic people experience from others trying to change who they are. A third presentation will describe the cultural bias of research in ABA, specifically, the historical roots of ableism in ABA and examples of ableism in current research. A final presentation will describe the differential treatment and segregation of applied practitioners vs. basic researchers/academicians, and the negative effects on the science and practice of behavior analysis. Presenters will offer suggestions for combating the concerns they highlight, and Dr. Christine Hughes, a distinguished basic and translational researcher and radical behaviorist, will serve as discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ableism, applied pragmatism, cultural humility, neurodiversity
Target Audience:

Audience members should have a basic understanding of ABA treatment, such as for people with autism. They should have heard the term "radical behaviorism" and have a basic understanding of the relations among EAB, ABA, and radical behaviorism.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. define cultural competence and state why it is important in ABA practice. 2. define neurodiversity and state one advantage of that perspective when working with autistic people. 3. define ableism and describe a current or past example of ableism in ABA research or practice. 4. define cultural humility and state one way it is different from cultural competence. 5. explain why collaboration among basic and applied behavior analysts and scientists/practitioners from other fields is pragmatic.
 
Diversity submission Are Behaviour Analysts Culturally Competent? They Think So!
(Service Delivery)
Paige O'Neill (Brock University), Albert Malkin (Western University; Southern Illinois University), KARL GUNNARSSON (West Park Healthcare Centre; University of Iceland), Nazurah Khokhar (Brock University), Carly Magnacca (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University)
Abstract: Cultural competence has important implications for the delivery of effective and acceptable treatments. Ontario is a culturally diverse province necessitating cultural sensitivity on the part of service providers such as behaviour analysts. Although no data currently exist on the profiles of behaviour analysts in Ontario, previous studies that survey Board Certified Behaviour Analysts® worldwide indicate that behaviour analysts lack diversity, with over 80% identifying as white. Studies report that most behaviour analysts feel comfortable providing services to diverse clients, and that they feel skilled in their ability to do so. Despite this positive perception, most behaviour analysts report little or no education or training in diversity. We surveyed ABA service providers in Ontario about their demographic information, their education and training in working with diverse clients, and their comfort and perceived skill in providing services for diverse clients. Results mirrored those of previous studies and indicated that behaviour analytic service providers in Ontario are mostly white (78%), English speaking (89%), and non-immigrants (86%). Additionally, respondents reported high confidence in their ability to provide services to diverse clients, despite typically having little or no training in doing so. Implications and recommendations regarding education and training in cultural competence will be discussed.
 
Diversity submission 

ABA is a Science: So What?

(Service Delivery)
JAMINE DETTMERING (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; National Lewis University)
Abstract:

Autistic advocates have criticized Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) for harmful practices grounded in ableism (Dawson, 2004; Lynch, 2019). A common response to ABA being characterized as abusive or harmful is to make a distinction between the science and practice of ABA. Although there is a topographical distinction between the scientific approach to discovering variables that influence behavior and the technology of behavior change that utilizes those research discoveries, the science of ABA is no exception to concerns voiced by the autistic community. Research goals, procedures, and outcomes are often based on the agenda of the researcher and neurotypical community, rather than the values of autistic participants and the autistic community. This presentation will (a) explore the historical roots of the science of ABA in ableism, (b) discuss contemporary examples of ableism in ABA research, (c) explore the efficacy of the ethics code and research practices as they relate to keeping autistic research participants safe, and (d) offer strategies to ensure the inclusion of autistic voices and the safety of research participants.

 
Diversity submission The Pragmatism of Cultural Humility in Experimental, Conceptual, and Applied Behavior Analysis
(Theory)
DIANA J. WALKER (Visions, LLC; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Categorizing phenomena helps us to respond to our world in effective ways; however, it can also create false dichotomies that limit our experience and hurt people and society. The Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) has recently intensified efforts to promote inclusion and discourage social inequality in behavior analysis and in society in general. Within behavior analysis, though, there are false dichotomies that result in segregation of people and differential treatment, some of which is harmful to individual members, to the field of behavior analysis, and to society as a whole. Potentially harmful dichotomies include basic vs. applied, academician vs. practitioner, behavior analysis vs. other psychological/social sciences, etc. This presentation will describe harmful effects of segregating basic from applied behavior analysts, academicians from practitioners, behavior analysis from other disciplines, etc. and provide suggestions for decreasing such harmful practices. Instead of behaving in accordance with false dichotomies, behavior analysts should embrace cultural humility, a lifelong process of learning about cultural identity through openness, interpersonal relationships, and self-reflection/critique. By embracing cultural humility, experimental, conceptual, and applied behavior analysts will promote dialog and collaboration amongst each other and with other professionals, with pragmatic results.
 
 
Symposium #375
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Why Are We Not Acting to Save The World? Contextual Behavior Science Applied to Mainstream Cultural Problems
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Brian Katz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago)
Discussant: Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Shannon Ormandy, M.A.
Abstract:

In a world in which tumultuous events such as political upheaval, police brutality, climate change, and untrustworthy media, occur at accelerating rates, we have a moral obligation to use our science towards nurturing ends. The following presentations present behavior analytic interpretations of propaganda, sustainable behavior, police brutality, and false information in social media environments. The authors in this symposium wish to inspire audience members to use behavior science to shift mainstream cultural problems.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): climate change, police brutality, propoganda, social media
Target Audience:

Audience members should have a growing skill-set in contextual behavior science including relational frame theory.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define propaganda in behavioral terms; (2) identify ways in which the STEPS assessment can be used to assess climate change-related behaviors; (3) identify the potential functions of behaviors associated with reading, believing, and sharing fake news on social media; (4) recite the history of police conduct toward Black Americans and place this history in the contexts of Skinnerian and relational frame theory analyses of human behavior.
 
Diversity submission “In” or “Out”? An Analysis of the Use of Augmentals in U.S. Presidential Speeches on The Paris Climate Agreement
(Theory)
STEPHANIE CHAN (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago), Brian Katz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago)
Abstract: Augmentals, as a type of rule which alter the value of the consequences, have reinforcer establishing effects or punisher establishing effects (Hayes et al., 2002). Augmentals can be used in establishing cultural values that are beneficial for the populace (Leigland, 2005), or in publicizing political points of view to exert control on public opinion through propaganda (Rakos, 1993). Studies have shown the effect of augmentals in altering rates of of behavior in several different contexts including consumer purchasing behavior, smoking behavior among youth, and patients’ behavior in health care settings. The current study conducted a functional content analysis on two presidential speeches debating whether the United States should enter or exit the 2016 Paris Climate Agreement. The purpose of the study was 1) to analyze the use of augmentals and frames in each speech, and 2) to examine their effects on public behavior. Each speech was coded. The number of reinforcer establishing augmentals and punisher establishing augmentals, as well as the number of different frames within augmenals were calculated. The results showed different patterns in the use of augmentals in President Trump’s speech, who attempted to persuade the populace to support exiting the Paris Climate Accord, compared to President Obama’s speech, who attempted to persuade the populace to support entering the agreement. Several implications of the study were discussed.
 
Diversity submission The Future is Bright: Saving the Earth One Step at a Time
(Applied Research)
MEREDITH MATTHEWS (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Sydney Jensen (Utah Valley University), Taylor Marie Lauer (Missouri State University)
Abstract: We are rapidly approaching a climate point of no return (PNR) where recoverability of earth’s climate will concede expenses above current rates of production both domestic and abroad. Although a multi-level approach to solving the climate crisis is undoubtedly needed, some success may be achieved by increasing pro-environmental behaviors at the level of single subjects. We selected target pro-environmental behaviors using the STEPS assessment (Belisle, Stanley, et al., under review), an itemized list the identifies behavior targets ranging from relatively simple behavior change targets (e.g., recycling) to more complex targets (e.g., lobbying to state officials). Across 3 participants, we targeted multiple behaviors within a multiple experimental probe design. The behavior differed across the participants depending on their scores on the assessment. The intervention represented a synthesis of the Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Matrix (ACT Matrix) and a performance diagnostic assessment to identify barriers to completing the steps. Because each target builds on the last, this approach is also consistent with shaping successively more challenging topographies of pro-environmental behavior. Following the study, post-test climate emission scores were compared to pre-test scores.
 
Diversity submission Fake News and Social Media
(Theory)
KATHRYN M. ROOSE (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The 2016 U.S. presidential election will hold a place in history not only for the outcome, but for the events leading up to the election including the use of fake news in traditional media, but more specifically in social media. With over three billion people using social media worldwide, the online world has become a supportive environment for the quick, easy, and vast spread of any type of information, true or false. Thus, social media is filled with the distribution of false information spread either on purpose (e.g., knowingly spreading misinformation), or perhaps simply due to the inability to discriminate between the truth and lies, or the lack of effort in determining the veracity of the information. This presentation will examine the behaviors associated with reading, believing, and sharing fake news on social media, including verbal behavior, rule-governed behavior, and a behavioral perspective on cognitive biases.
 
Diversity submission A Behavioral Analysis of Police Brutality and Recommendations for Social Action
(Theory)
VANESSA BETHEA-MILLER (Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting, Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Cortenee Boulard (Florida Institute of Technology), Tom G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Police brutality against people of color in America has persisted despite remarkable gains resulting from the civil rights movement. B. F. Skinner’s account of human phylogeny, ontogeny, and culture is as profoundly relevant toward understanding this problem as it was during his lifetime. Recent scholarship on derived relational responding adds to the analysis of human practices that persist long after their acceptability has passed. In the current paper, we review the history of police conduct toward Black Americans and place this history in the contexts of Skinnerian and relational frame theory analyses of human behavior. We review the strengths and weaknesses of numerous redresses currently in use or commonly advocated and propose new strategies derived from the experimental analysis of human behavior.
 
 
Symposium #376
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Positive Punishment: Efficacy, Efficiency, and Side Effects of Electrical Stimulation Devices
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Elizabeth A. Fitter (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth A. Fitter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Positive punishment procedures are controversial, misunderstood, and misrepresented inside and outside behavior analysis. We provide a contemporary review of the efficiency, efficacy, and side effects of contingent skin shock to treat the severe problem behaviors of individuals with various diagnoses. Contrary to popular belief, contingent skin shock by way of an electrical stimulation device often results in an increased quality of life by allowing the individual to contact new contingencies of reinforcement.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): electrical stimulation, positive punishment, problem behavior, skin shock
Target Audience:

Any BCBA interested in positive punishment and/or electrical stimulation devices.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the behavioral dimensions associated with electrical stimulation device treatment; (2) identify the efficiency and efficacy of electrical stimulation device treatment; (3) identify negative side-effects associated with electrical stimulation device treatment; and (4) identify positive side-effects associated with electrical stimulation device treatment.
 

Sample Characteristics and Topographies Treated With Electrical Stimulation Devices

(Applied Research)
ELIZABETH A. FITTER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

Electrical stimulation devices have been used to treat severe and treatment refractory problem behavior across a variety of topographies and diagnoses. In 2020, the Food and Drug Administration banned electrical stimulation devices used to treat aggressive and self-injurious behaviors. Treatment has been successfully used for individuals with diagnoses of autism spectrum disorder, conduct disorders, intellectual disability, and mood disorders who exhibit aggressive and self-injurious behaviors of sufficient intensity to cause serious damage to themselves and others. These behaviors include, but are not limited to blows to the head, rectal digging, rumination, eye gouging, body hits to the environment, and violent acts towards others. In addition, in the literature, the treatment of other idiosyncratic topographies that cause harm has been described. It is important to note that these behaviors are repeated overtime and produce bleeding and permanent tissue damage. Findings support the use of contingent skin shock in conjunction with other behavior analytic procedures for severe treatment refractory behaviors. Typically, the treatment is extremely effective in reducing the frequency of targeted behaviors. Types of electrical stimulation devices, client characteristics, and treated topographies will be discussed.

 
Efficiency and Efficacy of Electrical Stimulation Devices
(Applied Research)
JOHN O'NEILL (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract: In 1965, Lovaas described the first clinical application of an electrical stimulation device for severe problem behaviors. Since then, the effect has been replicated hundreds of times using various single-subject designs by numerous researchers. Here, we review and summarize the efficacy of electrical stimulation devices described in the literature. Across 117 behaviors or groups of behaviors, eighty-three of 117 were reduced by 100%; 110 of 117 by at least 90%; 112 of 117 by 50% or more; and 5 of 117 continued at the same rate or increase. This data is supplemented by recent analyses of contingent skin-shock (i.e., positive punishment) in the treatment of severe problem behaviors in 173 individual cases between 2001 and 2019. Overall, a 97% reduction in the frequency of severe aggressive and health dangerous (e.g., self-injurious) behaviors was observed in the first full month of treatment across participants. Findings provide support for the supplemental use of contingent skin-shock in conjunction with differential reinforcement and other behavioral procedures for severe treatment refractory behaviors. We present findings from the largest clinical sample in the skin-shock literature (describing approximately 350 treatment years), planned versus unplanned fading of treatment, reversal of treatment effects, and follow-up data spanning 15 years. The evidence provides support for the assertion that contingent skin-shock is the least intrusive, most effective, and efficient treatment available for the severe problem behaviors of some individuals.
 

Negative Side Effects of Electrical Stimulation Devices

(Applied Research)
JESSICA LINDSAY (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

The use of electrical stimulation devices to treat severe, dangerous, and potentially life threatening problem behaviors is a controversial topic in the field of behavior analysis. The potential of negative effects such as learned helplessness, aggression, anxiety, among other side effects are often cited as sequelae associated with the use of electrical stimulation devices. However, many of these effects are derived from basic research with animals that do not necessarily comport with the clinical application of electrical stimulation devices. In many cases, specific experimental preparations are required to produce certain effects that are inconsistent with clinical applications. Here, the negative side effects described in the applied and experimental literature are reviewed. Literature regarding the use of electrical stimulation devices in a clinical setting to treat severe problem behaviors reflect relatively infrequent and less prevalent negative side effects than those noted in laboratory studies. This discussion will examine the negative side effects of both non-contingent and contingent skin shock, while clarifying common misconceptions associated with the treatment.

 

Positive Side Effects of Electrical Stimulation Devices

(Applied Research)
LYNDE KAYSER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

Clinically significant decelerations are observed across a variety of topographies of severe, treatment refractory problem behaviors after contingent skin shock treatment. As these once refractory problem behaviors decrease, multiple positive side effects emerge. Some such side effects include reductions in the use of chemical, mechanical, and physical restraint, health related supports, and level of supervision required to maintain safety. Substantial increases in pivotal behaviors are commonly observed as maladaptive behaviors decelerate and availability of reinforcement increases. For example, the elimination of mechanical restraint sets the occasion for increased ambulation, which may act as a pivotal behavior that enables social initiation and access to leisure activities. An increased repertoire of pivotal behaviors often results in the development of behavioral cusps, or behavior change that exposes the individual to novel environments, reinforcers, and contingencies. Individuals who receive the treatment demonstrate improvements in quality of life as measured by increased access to the community, home visits, and employment, social behaviors, academic progress, and independence. This discussion will review positive side effects associated with contingent skin shock, to include both reduced use of restrictive interventions and increased adaptive behavioral repertoires.

 
 
Symposium #377
CE Offered: BACB
Establishment and Emergence of Conditional Discriminations: Basic and Applied Research
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
CE Instructor: Anna I. Petursdottir, Ph.D.
Abstract: Match-to-sample (MTS) procedures are often used to establish baseline conditional relations for equivalence class formation, both in the context of teaching educationally relevant skills and in the context of answering basic research questions. Equivalence classes are sets of physically dissimilar stimuli in which each member occasions selection of all other members. Only a subset of the relations among the stimuli must be taught directly; other emerge without instruction. We report the results of four studies, spanning the range from basic to applied, on the process and outcomes of establishing conditional discriminations via MTS instruction. Briana Ostrosky presents on the use of group contingencies and individual contingencies in equivalence-based instruction (EBI). Juliana Oliveira presents on the flexibility of equivalence classes established via one-to-many instruction and classes established via direct instruction of all possible relations among the stimuli. Reagan Cox presents on the emergence of new conditional relations as a function of stimulus uniformity and the sequence of baseline instruction. Finally, Alex Brune presents on the effects of different types of selection responses on acquisition in MTS training with children of typical development learning conditional relations among abstract stimuli. Karen Lionello-DeNolf discusses the research and its implications.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, equivalence-based instruction, stimulus control, stimulus equivalence
Target Audience: BCBAs, graduate students, researchers
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how match-to-sample procedures are used to establish conditional discriminations 2. Describe scenarios in which new conditional discriminations emerge after others are taught 3. Describe the defining features of equivalence-based instruction
 
Comparing Group-Based and Individualized Equivalence-Based Instruction to a PowerPoint Lecture to Establish Equivalence Classes
(Applied Research)
BRIANA OSTROSKY (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Jessica Day-Watkins (Drexel University)
Abstract: Equivalence-based instruction (EBI) refers to the teaching of socially relevant material (e.g., academic material) with equivalence class formation procedures (Fienup, Covey, & Critchfield, 2010). In the research literature, equivalence training and testing has been almost exclusively conducted on an individual basis, apart from Varelas and Fields (2017) who applied a group contingency using EBI. To extend the literature, the present study compared the effects of using EBI with an interdependent group contingency, individualized computer-based EBI, and a lecture on class formation with college students. The classes consisted of information related to reinforcement and punishment procedures (i.e., name, definition, contingency table, vignettes). For both EBI groups, a cloud-based student response system (SRS) application was used. To compare the effects on responding, three tests were administered before and after each intervention: (a) written open-ended, (b) written multiple-choice, and (c) card sorting. Results showed improvements in class-consistent responding across all groups following training. However, responding was significantly higher in the two EBI training groups for the written multiple-choice tests, and the group-contingency-based EBI was significantly more effective in promoting topography-based responding than was lecture. These results suggest that EBI can be effectively implemented in more naturalistic settings (e.g., classroom) using a group contingency with portable and affordable technology.
 
Class Reorganization Following One-to-Many and Complete Instruction
(Basic Research)
JULIANA SEQUEIRA CESAR DE OLIVEIRA (Texas Christian University), Gregory Tomlinson (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract: Previous research has evaluated the extent to which equivalence-based instruction (EBI) is more efficient or produces stimulus classes with different properties than complete instruction (CI) in which all relations between stimuli in a class are taught directly. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the flexibility of the formed stimulus classes in EBI and CI procedures with a contingency reorganization. Forty undergraduate students received training to establish 3 stimulus classes with 4 members in each class. The students were randomly assigned to two groups: EBI according to a One-to-Many (OTM) training structure and CI. After undergoing training and equivalence test (Phase 1), participants received contingency reorganization training (Phase 2). In the reorganization phase, the relations A1B2, A2B3, A3B1 were established as correct. Class flexibility was evaluated in an immediate class reorganization post-test. Preliminary data suggest the EBI group required fewer training trials to complete ABCD training, and performed similarly to CI in the equivalence test. Additionally, the EBI group required fewer training trials in reorganization training, and performed better in the reorganization test compared to the CI group.
 
Effects of Stimulus Uniformity and Training Sequence on Emergent Conditional Discriminations
(Basic Research)
REAGAN ELAINE COX (Texas Christian University), Cullen Westerfield (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract: This study explored the interaction between stimulus uniformity and training sequence on emergent stimulus relations. Sixty college students were randomly assigned to six groups. Three groups received match-to-sample (MTS) training to relate abstract visual stimuli to text stimuli before training to relate pairs of text stimuli (standard condition). The other three groups of participants received the opposite training sequence (reverse condition). One group in each condition was assigned each of three sets of abstract stimuli (6 patterns, 6 irregular shapes, or a combination of 3 patterns and 3 shapes). Emergent relations between pairs of abstract stimuli were assessed in an MTS test. Our previous findings suggest the standard condition produces greater accuracy and/or speed at test compared to the reverse condition. Based on the hypothesis that performance in the standard condition may be influenced by operant seeing of the abstract stimuli during training with text stimuli, we expected to see the largest difference between standard and reverse in the shape/pattern group, due to enhanced visualizability. Preliminary data from a partial sample suggest an advantage of standard over reverse training only in the shape/pattern group; reaction time data have not been analyzed. Results will inform stimulus selection for future research.
 

Comparing Two Selection Response Topographies on Acquisition of Simultaneous Matching-to-Sample Skills in Young Children of Typical Development

(Basic Research)
ALEX BRUNE (Caldwell University; Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Adrienne Jennings (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract:

Matching-to-sample (MTS) is often used to teach the prerequisite skills needed for establishing important complex behaviors. Therefore, using the most effective and efficient procedures when teaching matching-to-sample skills is paramount. One important MTS procedural variable concerns the selection response topographies used during acquisition. Although Green (2001) recommends teaching students to point to the correct comparison stimulus instead of placing the sample on top of the correct comparison, no previous research has directly compared these two topographies. The current study used an alternating treatments design to assess the effects of a pointing selection response and a “placing on top” selection response on the effectiveness and efficiency of acquisition of a visual-visual simultaneous arbitrary matching-to-sample task with three typically developing 4- to 5-year-old children. A trial-and-error with an error correction procedure was used to measure the relative differences in percentage of correct responses and sessions to criterion across the two selection response topographies. The results showed no systematic advantage of placing the sample stimulus on top of the correct comparison stimulus relative to a pointing selection response. Therefore, the results of the current study contrast with the recommendations made by Green (2001) for teaching children to point to the correct comparison stimulus rather than place the sample stimulus on top of the correct comparison stimulus.

 
 
Symposium #378
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Skills Training in Human-Service Settings: Recent Advancements and Future Directions
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Paula Ruppel (University of Kansas)
Discussant: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Paula Ruppel, M.S.
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training (BST) is an effective training procedure (e.g., Fetherston & Sturmey, 2014; Parsons et al., 2012); however, there are barriers to its implementation (e.g., DiGennaro Reed et al., 2013; Erath et al., 2020; Shapiro & Kazemi, 2017). Therefore, it may be important to evaluate other variations of BST that are as effective and more efficient than the complete behavioral skills training package. This symposium attempts to answer this question through several literature reviews and evaluations of modified BST procedures. Advancements in BST and future directions will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, Staff training
Target Audience:

Students, researchers, and practitioners who work in human-service settings and use behavioral skills training to teach skills to their staff or caregivers who work directly with individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Describe the common components of behavioral skills training (BST); (3) Discuss recent advancements in the BST used to teach behavioral technician literature; (3) Identify which components of BST are required for effectively training behavioral technicians.
 

A Systematic Review of Behavioral Skills Training Procedures Used to Train Behavioral Technicians to Implement Discrete-Trial Teaching

SAMANTHA JO ZOHR (Eastern Michigan University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University), Olivia Harvey (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Behavioral technicians are typically trained on the job to implement DTT by an experienced behavior analyst using an evidence-based approach called behavioral skills training (BST; Miltenberger, 2003). Although BST is a widely used approach, significant practical constraints related to the time and resources required to effectively implement it exist. Over the years, researchers have conducted many studies with the purpose of increasing the efficiency and practicality of BST while maintaining its effectiveness. Unfortunately, the variation in purpose(s) and procedures across these evaluations make it challenging to draw clear conclusions from published outcomes throughout the research literature. Therefore, a summary of the emerging research on training innovations when using BST to train staff to implement DTT procedures is needed. The purpose of this systematic review was to synthesize the literature on BST used for training individuals to implement DTT procedures in order to identify variables relevant for effectively training DTT skills and elucidate implications for using BST to train individuals to implement DTT in practice.

 

Effectively Training Behavioral Technicians to Implement Discrete-Trial Teaching Efficiently: A Sequential Analysis

OLIVIA HARVEY (West Virginia University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training (BST) is an evidence-based training protocol that is most commonly comprised of (a) instructions, (b) modeling, (c) rehearsal, and (d) feedback. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the influence of each BST component in a sequential manner to determine the most effective and efficient method for training behavioral technicians to implement discrete-trial teaching. Preliminary results suggest the feedback component was necessary for all participants to reach the mastery criterion (100% correct across three consecutive sessions). We discuss implications of these results and directions for future research.

 

A Review of Enhanced Written Instruction Procedures for Staff and Caregiver Training

BRITTANY MITCHELSON (BlueSprig Pediatrics), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training (BST) with feedback (Parsons et al., 2012) is a common intervention for training staff and caregivers to engaged in various important behaviors. However, BST with feedback is labor intensive, costly, and often requires extensive involvement from a supervisor or experienced trainer (DiGennaro Reed & Henley, 2015). Thus, training models that are more efficient and less resource intensive are necessary. One such group of procedures are self-instruction (self-directed) training procedures, which include video modeling and written instructions. Recently, researchers have evaluated the effects of enhanced written instructions (i.e., step by step instructions, written with minimal technical jargon, and pictures or diagrams; Shapiro et al., 2016) for training staff and caregivers to engage in various important skills (e.g., conduct preference assessments, implement discrete trial teaching, etc.). The purpose of this presentation is to review the literature on enhanced written instructions as self-instruction training procedures with a focus on describing the procedure, overall outcomes of research on the procedure, strengths and potential limitations of the procedure, and areas for future application and research.

 

The Effects of Remote Instructions, Rehearsal, and Feedback on Stimulus Preference Assessment Performance

PAULA RUPPEL (University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas), Kayt-Lyn Dawn Johnson (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training is an effective training procedure (e.g., Fetherston & Sturmey, 2014; Parsons et al., 2012); however, there are barriers to its implementation (e.g., DiGennaro Reed et al., 2013; Erath et al., 2020; Shapiro & Kazemi, 2017), as well as concerns with its frequency of implementation (DiGennaro Reed & Henley, 2015). Therefore, it may be important to evaluate other variations of BST that are as effective and more efficient than the complete behavioral skills training package. We evaluated BST without the use of modeling (i.e., modified BST) to train adults to implement a multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment using web-based technology. Modified BST was effective for all three participants. Additionally, skills acquired maintained and generalized to a novel confederate and novel stimuli 1-week post-training.

 
 
Paper Session #379
CE Offered: BACB
Functional Analysis and Effects of Precursor Behavior Intervention of a Student With Profound Autism: A Preliminary Study in Taiwan
Monday, May 31, 2021
9:30 AM–9:55 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Hui-Ting Wang (National Taiwan Normal University)
CE Instructor: Hui-Ting Wang, Ph.D.
 

Functional Analysis and Effects of Precursor Behavior Intervention of a Student With Profound Autism: A Preliminary Study in Taiwan

Domain: Applied Research
HUI-TING WANG (National Taiwan Normal University), Chen-Ya Juan (Dept. of Early Childhood Education and Care, Minghsin University of Science and Techology)
 
Abstract:

Literature on severe challenging behavior and precursor assessment is unexplored in Taiwan. The authors conducted functional analysis and intervention on precursor behavior in order to improve a series of challenging behaviors (i.e., constant tapping objects, biting or hitting a person, hitting floor with head, and vigorously hopping on chair) of a vocational high school student with profound autism. We selected the tapping objects as the precursor behavior. A single subject multi-element research design with functional analysis and constant reversal design to establish internal validity of the effectiveness of the intervention was used. We found precursor behavior itself served as a function of automatic reinforcement. Sponge and ear plug were selected to investigate the effects. A functional relationship was found between using ear plugs as an alternative sensory input and decreasing precursor behavior. Furthermore, based on anecdotal observation, all other severe challenging behaviors were then eliminated. This study established initial evidence of effectiveness in precursor behavior assessment in Taiwan. Future practitioners as well as researchers can ensure implementation of more proactive education strategies, such as expanding students’ interest and teaching social-communication skills.

 
Target Audience:

Attendees should be familiar with Iwata's functional analysis. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) provide an overview on precursor behavior assessment literature; (2) discuss the first preliminary study on precursor in Taiwan and the challenges encountered.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #380A
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
How Do Similarly Raised Wolves and Dogs Relate to Their Human Companions? Looking at Dog Domestication From a Behavioural and Hormonal Perspective
Monday, May 31, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
CE Instructor: Nathaniel Hall, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SARAH MARSHALL-PESCINI (Domestication Lab, Wolf Science Centre, Konrad Lorenz Institute of Ethology, Veterinary Medicine University of Vienna, Austria)
Abstract:

Basic differences in dogs’ and wolves’ propensity to bond with humans were already detected by early researcher such as Zimen and Klinghammer, especially in relation to the early human exposure needed as puppies to establish stable intraspecific social bonds. Building on this early work, the Wolf Science Centre (Austria) raises wolves and dogs from puppyhood providing intensive human socialization, thereby allowing animals to build strong bonds with their human companions, which last their entire life. Here I will present results investigating wolf-dog similarities and differences in their preferences, contact-seeking behaviours and cooperative inclination with humans. Results will include both behavioural and hormonal aspects, with a particular focus on oxytocin and cortisol, which have been hypothesized to play an important role in the domestication process.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

dog research scientists, dog trainers, educators, general interested public

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the importance of keeping environmental and ontogenetic aspects constant in wolf-dog behavioural comparisons and consider this factor when evaluating scientific studies; (2) discuss the scientific approach of the Wolf Science Centre; (3) expand their view of "dogs" to include free-ranging dogs, as a highly in interesting study population and one worthy of protection.
 
SARAH MARSHALL-PESCINI (Domestication Lab, Wolf Science Centre, Konrad Lorenz Institute of Ethology, Veterinary Medicine University of Vienna, Austria)

Sarah Marshall-Pescini graduated in Psychology from St. Andrews University and then went on to do her Ph.D. at the same university working with Andy Whiten on social learning in children and chimpanzees. Most of the work was carried out in Uganda, with both sanctuary and wild chimps. After the Ph.D. she returned to Italy, her home country, and worked at Milan University for 8 years, setting up, together with Emanuela Prato-Previde, a small (but lively) dog cognition lab. Since 2013 she has joined the team at Wolf Science Centre and the Konrad Lorenz Institute of Ethology (Veterinary University of Vienna) as a senior scientist. Her research focuses on the social behaviour of wolves and dogs. Since 2016 she co-supervises a fieldsite studying free-ranging dogs in Morocco and another studying wild wolves in the Italian Apennines. She has published over 50 scientific papers in top journals in her field, and co-edited a volume for Elsevier (Kaminski, J, Marshall-Pescini, S. The Social Dog: cognition and behavior).

 
 
Invited Paper Session #382
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Disseminating Applied Behavior Analysis in Spanish-Speaking Countries: Making a Difference in the Lives of Children With Autism and Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 31, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
CE Instructor: Mapy Askins, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MAPY CHAVEZ ASKINS (Alcanzando)
Abstract:

Historically, there has been a lack of awareness in Latin America regarding information about the real concept, validity, and benefits of applied behavior analysis not only for children with autism but also in the many facets of our lives. As such, Alcanzando, a not-for-profit organization was founded to address the need to change that reality in this region. For over a decade Dr. Chavez Askins has been successfully disseminating Applied Behavior Analysis in Peru, and other Latin American countries through evidence-based teaching, research, and the work of Alcanzando in general. This presentation will include not just the results regarding the implementation of services with children with autism, their families, and professionals interested in the field, but also in terms of the real and significant changes achieved working with the Peruvian government, and the gains towards awareness in Latin America in regards to Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Chavez Askins will share the progress made over the last 13 years, as well as address the barriers encountered, the solutions that were sought, and her vision for the future of our field in Latin America.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Professionals interested in disseminating awareness, as well as effectiveness of ABA at the international level, particularly in Spanish speaking countries.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the responsibility that behavior analysts have to disseminate the science; (2) list a variety of ways to disseminate the science in Latin America; (3) list barriers that could be encountered as well as possible solutions when disseminating applied behavior analysis in Latin America; (4) describe the current status of behavior analysis in Latin America.
 
MAPY CHAVEZ ASKINS (Alcanzando)

Dr. Mapy Chavez Askins holds a Ph.D. from Teachers College Columbia University (New York) in Applied Behavior Analysis and the Education of Students with Behavioral Disorders.   She is currently the Founding Director of Alcanzando, a not for profit organization that works with children with autism and their families in Spanish-speaking countries.

 

Dr. Chavez Askins is a Peru´s first Qualified Behavior Analyst, a CABAS Board Certified Assistant Research Scientist, and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst at the Doctoral Level.  She is also a Board Certified Autism Professional, an Advanced Certified Autism Specialist, and a Board Certified Telepractice Specialist.

 

Dr. Chavez Askins has spent the last 20 years studying, working and conducting research in the autism field, focusing mainly in the use of applied behavior analysis in the education of children with autism.  For over a decade she has been successfully disseminating awareness and knowledge about Applied Behavior Analysis in Latin America through research, teaching, and through Alcanzando, the foundation she started.

 

Her research studies include the development of vocal language in children with autism, language acquisition, social skills instruction, the development of perspective talking skills, the quality of teacher instruction, and the education of parents and professionals. Results from her research studies have been published in numerous journals, as well as presented at conferences throughout the world, among them: the Annual Convention of the Association for Behavior Analysis, the International Society for Autism Research, and the Mexican Congress of Behavior Analysis.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #383
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Diversity submission Trauma Informed Classrooms: Helping Every Child Succeed
Monday, May 31, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
CE Instructor: Robin Codding, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ANTOINETTE MIRANDA (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Increasing attention has been focused on students who have adverse childhood experiences (ACES) and the impact on academic achievement. To address students’ intense emotional and learning needs, trauma informed practices are being implemented in hopes of changing the trajectory of their lives. This presentation will provide an overview of ACES and trauma informed practices that are also culturally responsive that can be implemented in a classroom setting. Special attention will be given to students living in poverty in which ACEs are more prevalent.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Teachers, administrators, school psychologists, school counselors
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss why children exposed to ACEs are more likely to have learning or behavioral challenges; (2) implement trauma informed strategies in a classroom setting; (3) identify how trauma informed practices can positively impact the school environment; (4) incorporate Social and Emotional Learning into their trauma-informed practices.
 
ANTOINETTE MIRANDA (The Ohio State University)
Antoinette Miranda is professor of School Psychology in the Department of Educational Studies. She was the first recipient (2014) of the William H. and Laceryjette V. Casto Professorship in Interprofessional Education in honor of Henry and Ruth Leuchter and Van Bogard and Geraldine Dunn. Her research interests include developing effective interventions with at-risk children in urban settings, consultation services in urban settings and the development of racial identity and its relationship to academic achievement. She is a past president of the Ohio School Psychologist Association and Trainers of School Psychologists. She also was the secretary for the Council of Directors of School Psychology Programs. She was the 2014 recipient of the TSP Outstanding Trainer of the Year Award.
 
 
Panel #384
CE Offered: BACB
Accreditation and Verified Course Sequences: Recognition of University Training in Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 31, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jenna Mrljak, Ph.D.
Chair: Jenna Mrljak (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Amego Inc.)
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University)
JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract:

The discipline of behavior analysis is experiencing rapid growth, which is especially noticeable in recent the increase of university programs offering training in behavior analysis. There are currently two mechanisms for university training programs to be recognized: accreditation of degree-granting programs and verification of course sequences. This panel will present these systems, including their procedures for obtaining and maintaining recognition along with their respective goals. This session is designed for current VCS coordinators, program directors of ABAI-accredited programs, and those interested in applying for either system of recognition

Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Symposium #385
CE Offered: BACB
Maintaining Socially Meaningful Outcomes During the COVID-19 Pandemic at a Private School for Children With Autism
Monday, May 31, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Discussant: Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
CE Instructor: Sandra R. Gomes, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Meeting the needs of students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) is a daunting task under the best of circumstances. In the current COVID-19 pandemic, typical in-person service delivery can carry a significant risk of severe harm to clients, family and caregivers, staff, and an overburdened healthcare system. As such, our small, private, not-for-profit New Jersey school for children with ASD developed a comprehensive set of procedures designed to mitigate the spread of COVID-19 while returning to in-person instruction following state-mandated school closure. We will discuss technology-based changes implemented during state-mandated school lockdown and physical plant modifications, as well as changes required of administrative, supervisory, and teaching staff. Foundational to our plan is a rotating schedule designed to maximize in-person instructional time, while allowing an interceding duration that exceeds estimated COVID-19 incubation times. In-person, in-building instruction alternates between two student-instructor cohorts; virtual instruction occurs during opposing weeks. Further policies designed to reduce the opportunity for COVID-19 transmission govern our in-person instructional activities. We further discuss our hypothesis regarding the contribution of our ongoing professionalism training model to adherence to these procedures, and contextualize the financial and time costs of developing and implementing them with respect to student outcomes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, behavioral systems, COVID-19, schoolwide policy
Target Audience:

The target audience is behavior analysts providing in-person school- or center-based instruction during the COVID-19 pandemic and those designing and implementing policies for such sites. This could include individuals in administrative or supervisory roles. The target audience also includes those who develop, implement, and monitor the effectiveness of professionalism training procedures, digital data analysis tools for a variety of levels within and organization, and behavioral systems.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) provide examples of digital tools that may help an organization to maintain data-based accountability for desired behavior change at the individual service recipient, classroom, and schoolwide levels; (2) ascertain to what extent a set of infection control policies and procedures is comprehensive in nature, particularly with respect to preventing transmission of COVID-19; (3) describe how to create a professional culture in which individual staff members' and stakeholders' (e.g., parents'/caregivers') behavior reliably align with requests made and expectations described by the organization.
 

Using Technology to Maintain Performance Outcomes and Promote Health During the COVID-19 Pandemic at a Private School for Children With Autism

KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Debbie Ann Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), E. Dennis Machado (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Tara Ferrigno (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), David May (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract:

Like many educational institutions, our organization faced an extremely short runway for transitioning to remote from in-person services due to state-mandated school lockdown orders in early 2020. This presentation describes the policies and procedures put in place to ensure professionalism, transition from paper-based to digital data summary and analysis, appropriate supervision, curriculum modification, and program-level performance analysis during remote instruction. Additional technology supported a smooth return to in-person instruction. Among other tools, this includes COVID-19 daily symptom screening via a smartphone application; rapid saliva test kit shipping, supervision, and results communication; ongoing region-based risk tracking; and service delivery hour monitoring to ensure satisfaction of minimum state-mandated hour requirements and provide a basis for celebrating the provision of additional service hours. We will discuss how policies regarding virtual meetings between staff members contribute to adherence to described expectations, and how the organization approached delivering professional feedback in a virtual setting.

 

Preventing Transmission of COVID-19 During Return to In-Person Instruction at a Private School for Children With Autism

Debbie Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), KEVIN BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), E. Dennis Machado (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Tara Ferrigno (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), David May (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Priya P Patil (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

This presentation will detail the measures taken to reduce the risk of COVID-19 transmission during in-person instruction in the school building. To best safeguard our consumers and staff, we found it was necessary to not only meet, but exceed federal, state, and local guidelines and requirements. Procedures include exclusion based on the results of smartphone-application-based symptom screening and saliva tests; conservative policies about exclusion on the basis of symptoms appearing during the school day while present in the building; mask policies, hand hygiene policies, and physical distancing policies; physically-distanced pickup and dropoff; policies surrounding mask-free activities (e.g., consuming lunch). Special emphasis will be placed on environmental changes implemented to support successful adherence to these policies and expectations, e.g, provision of touch-free timers in restrooms to ensure a sufficient duration of hand-washing, signage detailing physical distancing and mask policies, physical distancing floor markers. The time and financial cost of designing, procuring, and implementing these measures will be discussed in the context of response effort and maximizing instructional hours while in school.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #386
CE Offered: BACB
Developing a Behavioural Account of Consciousness
Monday, May 31, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
CE Instructor: David C. Palmer, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JULIAN LESLIE (Ulster University)
Abstract:

In an earlier paper (European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 2015, 16, 147-162), I argued that the grounds on which Watson rejected introspection as the means to understand consciousness were correct, that cognitive psychology rejected behaviourism for other reasons, and that the developments in monitoring brain activity have led to a very unsuccessful search for the neural basis of consciousness. In contrast, there is much evidence that behaviour does not necessarily require conscious awareness, but nevertheless philosophers and cognitivists seek to show that qualia exist and do have a causal role. Behaviour analysis can address some problems of the cognitive approach, beginning with an account of self-awareness. However, the behaviour-analytic account of consciousness requires experimental analysis. Where we have been most successful in applied behaviour analysis, we have learnt three major lessons: (1) Behaviour classes need to be refined and defined; (2) antecedents can be hard to specify, but must be identified for behaviour analysis; (3) Consequences are critical, but may be unexpected. While experimental studies from other areas of behaviour analysis are sparse, researchers in relational frame theory have examined the concept of self conceptually and through experimental studies of perspective taking. Some of their contributions to the behavioural study of consciousness will be reviewed. Finally, the similarities between the behaviour-analytic account of consciousness and those of other non-cognitive ones, including ecological psychology, will be pointed out.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: All behaviour analysts who wish to talk to those outside the field about consciousness, one of the topics that everyone is interested in.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss how consciousness featured in the development of behaviorism; (2) conduct an antecedent-behavior- consequence analysis of behavior described as conscious; (3) discuss the developing study of self within the RFT and contextual behavioral science literature.
 
JULIAN LESLIE (Ulster University)

Julian Leslie obtained a doctorate from Oxford University in 1974 and since has been in academic posts in Northern Ireland and a full professor since 1986. He published textbooks on behaviour analysis between 1979 and 2002 and these remain in print. Publications have been in fields including, experimental analysis of behaviour, applied behaviour analysis, psychopharmacology, behavioural neuroscience, experimental psychology, and applied psychology, and he has supervised PhD students in all these areas. Since 2015, he has spoken and published a series of papers on conceptual issues in behaviour analysis including behavioural accounts of consciousness and the metaphysical basis of behaviour analysis. He is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and in 2020 received  the SABA Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #387
CE Offered: BACB
Epigenetic Learning: The Shape of Plasticity
Monday, May 31, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Federico Sanabria, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: EVA JABLONKA (Tel-Aviv University; London School of Economics)
Abstract:

The formation of conditional associations among stimuli and actions in neural animals is based on molecular processes within and between neurons, which partially determine which associations can be formed, stored or dissolved. In the last two decades it has been discovered that epigenetic cellular mechanisms are involved in the encoding, storage and retrieval processes that constitute learning, and that these epigenetic mechanisms are sensitive to environmental conditions that induce changes in the epigenetic profile of neurons and affect how learning occurs. Taking a developmental approach to learning, I shall describe these epigenetic mechanisms, discuss their role in neural plasticity and point to the biases and affordances that they uncover, which can contribute to our understanding of learning and memory dynamics at different stages of development. Focusing on studies of long-term ontogenetic and transgenerational epigenetic changes, I will consider the effects of stress on epigenetic memory and explore what the understanding of the epigenetics of learning may mean for the study and treatment of learning and memory pathologies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Psychologists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe epigenetic mechanisms; (2) discuss the contribution of epigenetic changes in neurons to the encoding, storage, and retrieval of information; (3) describe how changes in environmental conditions can alter epigenetic profiles and affect learning.
 
EVA JABLONKA (Tel-Aviv University; London School of Economics)
Eva Jablonka is a professor in the Cohn Institute for the History and Philosophy of Science and Ideas, Tel-Aviv, a member of the Sagol School of Neuroscience, Tel-Aviv, and a Research Associate in the CPNSS (LSE, London University). She has a M.Sc. in Microbiology and a Ph.D in Genetics. Her main interests are the understanding of evolution, especially evolution that is driven by non-genetic hereditary variations, and the evolution of nervous systems and consciousness. Among her book: Epigenetic Inheritance and Evolution (OUP with Marion Lamb), Animal Traditions (CUP with Eytan Avital), Evolution in 4 Dimensions (MIT with Marion Lamb), The evolution of the Sensitive Soul (MIT with Simona Ginsburg), and Inheritance Systems and the Extended Evolutionary Synthesis (CUP, with Marion Lamb).
 
 
Symposium #388
CE Offered: BACB
Integrating Telehealth into Behavior Analytic Practice
Monday, May 31, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Claudia Campos, Ph.D.
Abstract: The demand for medical and behavioral health services using modalities that minimize physical contact has increased exponentially due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Telehealth is a treatment modality that is efficacious and convenient, however, many practitioners who have been tasked with adopting this modality are underprepared for the task at hand. Presenters will offer recent research on using telehealth to train parents/caregivers to implement behavioral procedures in the home and reduce hospital readmission. Implications of the research projects on informing practice will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver training, staff training, Telehealth, video modeling
Target Audience: Intermediate - some knowledge on parent and caregiver training.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn about the use of Telehealth to provide caregiver/parent training 2. Participants will learn about the use of Telehealth to reduce hospital readmissions 3. Participants will learn about recent research on the use of telehealth to train parents/caregivers to implement behavioral procedures
 
Teaching Parents to Implement Pre-Session Pairing via Telehealth
LIZAHN ZIMMERMANN (Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Marie Lugo (Florida Institute of Technology), Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology), Nancy Lajara (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that the generalization of behavioral treatments depends on the extent to which individuals in the natural environment implement the intervention procedures with fidelity. Therefore, parent/caregiver training is an essential component of treatment. Due to the current pandemic, the training of caregivers and parents in the natural environment has become increasingly difficult. The use of telehealth may help reduce the current barriers and help increase the long-lasting effects of effective treatments. To date, there is a paucity of research on the training of caregivers/parents using telehealth. Thus, the purpose of the current study was to teach parents/caregivers to implement pre-session pairing skills via telehealth. Three parent-child dyads participated in this study. All parents learned to implement the procedures with high procedural fidelity.
 
Reducing Psychiatric Readmissions Using Telehealth to Perform Cross-Site Training
MYCHAL MACHADO (University of Alaska Anchorage), Felicia Glaser (University of Alaska Anchorage), Makenzie Heatherly (University of Alaska Anchorage), Bethany Munden (University of Alaska Anchorage), Tamara Russell (Providence Medical Group)
Abstract: The staff and clinicians at acute inpatient facilities provide emergency psychiatric services to support and treat individuals diagnosed with a variety of mental health disorders, developmental disabilities, or some combination of these barriers to adaptive functioning. A critical feature of these facilities is referral to an appropriate level of care following stabilization. Proximally located providers can engage in direct communication and cross-training, which has benefits. However, these in-person trainings become impractical when individuals are discharged to rural locations. In Alaska, many individuals are discharged to rural locations, and, of the 1,200 Alaskans served by acute inpatient facilities, on average, 30% are readmitted within 6 months following discharge. The current study used a multiple-probe design to determine whether cross-training provided via telehealth would improve the probability of three high-utilization patients remaining in the community following discharge from an inpatient facility. Training for community providers was conducted entirely via telehealth. Data on challenging behavior, treatment integrity, and the number of days each individual remained in the community following discharge were obtained. Results suggested training via telehealth was successful, and that two of three individuals had not been readmitted to the hospital 6 months following discharge.
 

Training Staff to Conduct Caregiver Training Through Telehealth Using Video Modeling With Voiceover Instructions

REGINA A. CARROLL (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Elizabeth J. Preas (University of Nebraska Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Megan Marie Harper (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic)
Abstract:

Researchers have demonstrated that incorporating caregivers into the provision of early intensive behavioral interventions can improve outcomes for children with autism. Despite the importance of caregiver training, there are a number of barriers that can prevent frequent face-to-face caregiver training, including the recent coronavirus pandemic. Few studies have evaluated procedures for teaching therapists to conduct caregiver training through telehealth. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of video modeling with voiceover instructions to teach therapists to implement caregiver training via telehealth. We used a multiple-baseline across participants design to evaluate the use of video modeling to train four therapists to teach a confederate caregiver to implement the guided-compliance procedure with a confederate child via telehealth. We assessed therapists’ accuracy with implementing 11 component skills of caregiver training through telehealth during scripted role-plays before and after video modeling. We also assessed the extent to which therapists’ skills generalized to providing caregiver training to a confederate caregiver implementing an activities of daily living skills teaching procedure for hand-washing with a confederate child via telehealth. All therapists learned to implement caregiver training through telehealth and the skills generalized to novel training protocols. The results of the current study suggest that video modeling may be an efficacious and efficient method to train therapists to deliver caregiver training through telehealth.

 
 
Symposium #389
CE Offered: BACB
Clinical Applications of Functional Analyses of Verbal Behavior for Children With Autism
Monday, May 31, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Janet Sanchez Enriquez (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
CE Instructor: Lee L Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Verbal operant analyses identify the environmental variables that influence verbal behavior. In addition to their utility in demonstrating which environmental relations compose the speaker’s verbal repertoire, these functional analyses are also able to identify how much control is exerted across different verbal operants. Assessing the relative strength of verbal behavior is critical when evaluating the speaking repertoires of individuals with autism spectrum disorder, who are more likely than typically developing speakers to display stimulus overselectivity (i.e., disproportionate levels of control). Specifically, verbal operant analyses demonstrate how stimulus overselectivity influences verbal behavior by comparing language domains that are related; that is, structurally similar yet functionally independent. Here we present different clinical applications to demonstrate how verbal operant analyses can be used to both document client progress over time and make data-based instructional decisions. In this symposium, we extend the use of functional analysis technology to examine a variety of related language domains that demonstrate how stimulus overselectivity affects the verbal behavior of children with autism, along with implications for intervention focusing on transfer of stimulus control.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, stimulus control, stimulus overselectivity, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Applied behavior analysts who are familiar with incidental teaching procedures. Experience with the VB-MAPP is helpful, but not required.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the conditions in a verbal operant analysis; (2) identify the conditions in a relational operant analysis; (3) explain how pretreatment functional analyses can be used to develop treatment objectives.
 

Assessing Derivational Stimulus Control Over the Intraverbal Behavior of Speakers With Autism

(Applied Research)
KIMBERLY JAMES-KELLY (Child Study Center at Cook Children's)
Abstract:

Assessing stimulus control over intraverbals, the operant class of social behavior, is a primary function of the verbal community. In clinical settings, however, addressing intraverbal deficits poses a challenge to both researchers and practitioners due to the lack of precise measures and the sparse literature on establishing discriminations between similar verbal stimuli. Applying a stimulus equivalence framework to intraverbal interactions, here we describe a series of experiments in which we extend functional analysis technology to assess derivational stimulus control. Our first experiment describes a relational operant analysis consisting of brief affordance narratives to evaluate the relative control of reflexive, symmetrical, and transitive stimuli over the intraverbal repertoire of speakers with autism. We compared responding across intraverbal fill-ins and Wh- questions, but results were difficult to interpret due to confounding variables. In the second experiment, we address the limitations of the first experiment by assessing Who, What, and Where questions across levels of reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity. Results of the second experiment show no meaningful differences across Wh- questions, while statistically significant differences were found across levels of derivational stimulus control. These findings suggest that relational operant analyses can enhance the assessment of intraverbal responding through experimental manipulation. Implications for teaching Wh- questions are discussed.

 

Assessment to Intervention Using a Pretreatment Functional Analysis of Verbal Behavior

(Service Delivery)
MARIA JOSE OTERO (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Abstract:

Here we present a clinical case study to describe the assessment to intervention process centered around a pre-treatment functional analysis of verbal behavior. The use of pretreatment functional analyses to identify the variable(s) maintaining behavioral excesses has been shown to increase both treatment precision and efficacy. Functional analysis technology has been used to identify nuanced environmental determinants undetectable through mere descriptive assessment. More recently, research has suggested that pretreatment verbal operant analyses may be beneficial for guiding the selection of treatment goals and instructional procedures. Here we demonstrate the use of pretreatment functional analyses to examine the verbal behavior of a 5-year-old girl diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and global developmental delay who communicated with a speech-generating device. After 18 months of early intensive behavioral intervention, this child continued to display severely limited tact and echoic control, along with an impaired mand repertoire. In this session we describe how we modified the verbal operant analysis for use with her speech-generating device, and explain how we used the results to create tailored interventions centered around converging control across the verbal operants. Pre-post data on VB-MAPP and SCoRE assessments were used to evaluate the outcome of this methodology.

 

Cochran’s Q Tests of Disproportionate Stimulus Control Over Verbal Behavior

(Basic Research)
LEE L MASON (Cook Children's Health Care System; Texas Christian University), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Cochran’s Q test is a statistical analysis frequently used to measure the proportionality of different populations. Here we demonstrate the use of Cochran’s Q to evaluate disproportionate levels of stimulus control over the verbal behavior of children with autism spectrum disorder. In contrast to balanced neurotypical stimulus control, disproportionate stimulus control is characteristic of speakers with autism. We reviewed the records of 181 participants whose language profiles met the assumptions for analysis with Cochran’s Q. Specifically, the relative strength of mand, tact, echoic, and sequelic relations were measured for each participant. Our results showed that 86% of participants demonstrated statistically significant disproportionality across these four verbal operants. Additionally, a large correlation was found between Cochran’s Q and the Stimulus Control Ratio Equation. Implications for the use of Cochran’s Q test as a measure of disproportionate stimulus control, and the extent to which statistical significance can be used to determine medical necessity for behavior-analytic language intervention are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #390
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Telehealth Treatments of Aberrant Behavior and Virtual Supervision During the COVID-19 Pandemic
Monday, May 31, 2021
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christina Simmons (Rowan University)
Discussant: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Amanda Zangrillo, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The COVID-19 pandemic necessitated a rapid transition to virtual service delivery for many practitioners. In this symposium, we present three innovative virtual assessment and treatment evaluations for aberrant behavior in children with autism spectrum disorder and an evaluation of virtual supervision. Somervell and colleagues discuss a virtual single-stimulus preference assessment, measuring engagement with on-screen stimuli. Researchers validated relative preference hierarchies by measuring compliance and subsequent aberrant behavior. Moretti and colleagues present a telehealth treatment evaluation for protests maintained by social control. Researchers implemented functional communication training and compared multiple and mixed schedules for reinforcement schedule thinning on aberrant behavior, schedule thinning efficiency, and participant/therapist preference. Bean and colleagues present a demonstration of the transition from clinic-based treatment to parent-implemented intervention via telehealth. Researchers compared differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with synthesized and isolated contingencies on compliance, targeted avoidant movements, and nontargeted dangerous acts. When transferred to the home setting, DRA with synthesized contingencies continued to produce decreases in both target and nontarget aberrant behaviors. Ford and colleagues present results of a national survey on satisfaction and feasibility of virtual behavior analytic supervision. Dr. Amanda Zangrillo will discuss implications, challenges, and recommendations for delivering evidence-based virtual assessment, treatment, and supervision.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): aberrant behavior, telehealth, virtual
Target Audience:

The target audience includes behavior analytic practitioners, particularly those providing telehealth services for aberrant behavior and supervisors. Necessary prerequisite skills include a general understanding of preference assessment methodology, functional communication training and schedule thinning procedures, and differential reinforcement procedures. Presentations will describe these methodologies as well as present advancements in each domain.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe recent research-based extensions to telehealth assessment and treatment of aberrant behavior; (2) describe how to adapt evidence-based assessment and treatment of aberrant behavior to virtual platforms; and (3) describe the acceptability and feasibility of virtual behavior analytic supervision.
 

Virtual Single-Stimulus Preference Assessment on Engagement During Telehealth Sessions and Reinforcer Efficacy Validation

(Applied Research)
SHERAH SOMERVELL (Rowan University), Kimberly Ford (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Courtney Russell (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Practitioners routinely conduct preference assessments to identify reinforcers, with multiple procedural variations. A single-stimulus preference assessment (Pace et al., 1985) is an approach-based procedure, recommended when individuals have difficulty selecting between stimuli or if activities are difficult to present in a selection-based format (Hagopian et al., 2001). In the current study, we conducted a virtual single-stimulus preference assessment (VSSPA) for two participants with autism spectrum disorder during telehealth sessions for challenging behavior. Therapists presented one randomized item or activity, of eight nominated by caregivers, on the screen for 2 min, with three series conducted. Total duration of engagement per stimulus was recorded for each 2-min session, with mean duration of engagement across the three series used to create a relative preference hierarchy. We validated the VSSPA by evaluating compliance with mastered tasks when a high-, moderate-, and low-preferred stimulus was delivered as compared to vocal praise. Results indicated that the VSSPA created a relative preference hierarchy for both participants, stimuli yielded greater on-screen engagement than baseline, and highest ranked stimuli served as reinforcers relative to the lowest ranked stimuli and praise. Participants engaged in the lowest rates of aberrant behavior when higher ranked stimuli were delivered for compliance.

 

Telehealth Comparison of Multiple and Mixed Schedules During Functional Communication Training Schedule Thinning

(Applied Research)
ABIGAIL MORETTI (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Giovanna Salvatore (Rowan University)
Abstract:

During the COVID-19 pandemic, behavior analysts have increasingly delivered interventions for challenging behavior via telehealth. The efficacy of implementing functional communication training (FCT) via telehealth has been previously established (e.g., Suess et al., 2014; Wacker et al., 2013), with less research investigating remote schedule thinning. The current study compares virtual FCT reinforcement schedule thinning using a multiple and mixed schedule with a 7-year-old participant with autism spectrum disorder. Virtual functional analysis results indicated that protests were maintained by social control. Therapists taught a functional communication response to access to the functional reinforcer (engaging in child-directed high-preferred virtual activities) and evaluated the efficacy of FCT in an A-B-A-B withdrawal design. Multiple (signaled alteration of reinforcement and extinction contingencies via color-correlated stimuli) and mixed (unsignaled contingencies) schedules were alternated during schedule thinning. Therapists conducted terminal-schedule probes (75-s SD/300-s S?) throughout schedule thinning. After reaching the terminal goal in one condition, participant and therapist preference for the mixed/multiple schedule was assessed. Results suggest that telehealth FCT and schedule thinning were effective at decreasing protests, increasing functional communication, and thinning the reinforcement schedule, with the multiple schedule facilitating more rapid schedule thinning. We discuss the practical application of FCT and schedule thinning via telehealth.

 
An Evaluation of Treatment Utilizing Synthesized Contingencies: Transfer to Parent Implementation via Telehealth
(Applied Research)
YVETTE BEAN (University of Georgia Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Andrea Zawoyski (University of Georgia Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Rose Morlino (University of Georgia Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Courtney Mauzy (University of Georgia Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Karla Zabala (University of Georgia Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
Abstract: The current case study demonstrated that differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with a synthesized contingency increased compliance with demands and decreased targeted avoidant movements, as well as nontargeted dangerous acts exhibited by one participant. In comparison, DRA with an isolated contingency had the same effects on targeted behavior, but did not result in reduction of the nontargeted behavior. Schedule thinning with the synthesized DRA began in the clinic setting. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, treatment shifted to a telehealth format. Therapists conducted behavioral skills training via telehealth to train the participant’s mother to implement the synthesized DRA with schedule thinning. With continued telehealth coaching, the parent implemented the intervention with high levels of procedural fidelity. Therapeutic effects of the synthesized DRA persisted in the home, and schedule thinning continued. The current case study recommends extensions for synthesized contingency research into examining nontargeted behavior and has implications for future telepractice.
 

Acceptability and Feasibility of Virtual Behavior Analysis Supervision

(Service Delivery)
Kimberly Ford (Rowan University ), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), GIOVANNA SALVATORE (Rowan University), Abigail Moretti (Rowan University)
Abstract:

The COVID-19 pandemic necessitated a rapid transition to virtual service delivery and supervision. This study examined the acceptability and feasibility of virtual supervision for 94 BCBA/BCaBA supervisees during COVID-19, including variables that impacted perceived satisfaction, effectiveness, and supervision preference. Results indicate a decrease in accrual of direct client hours during the pandemic, with a third of participants reporting a decrease in individual supervision. Participants were largely satisfied with virtual individual and group supervision as indicated by high satisfaction domain scores and individual item means, with minimal overall change in satisfaction. Participants indicated preference for in-person or hybrid supervision and considered in-person most effective. Participants reported that supervisors used best-practice strategies and that virtual supervision was largely feasible. We discuss variables that impacted satisfaction (length of supervisory relationship), preference (age, services provided), and perceived effectiveness (time supervisor was a BCBA). We provide practical implications and recommendations for virtual behavior analytic supervision.

 
 
Symposium #391
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Practical Functional Assessment and Treatment Research
Monday, May 31, 2021
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD)
Discussant: Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York)
CE Instructor: John E. Staubitz, M.Ed.
Abstract: The interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; see Hanley et al., 2014) was developed to provide clinicians with a more practical functional assessment and treatment process by reducing the amount of time clients spend participating in functional analyses. Although the IISCA can often be completed in 25 minutes (Coffey et al., 2020), other barriers to implementing these assessment and treatment procedures remain. This symposium highlights recent methodological adaptations of the IISCA and its resulting skill-based treatment process that advance research towards reducing treatment barriers such as concerns about client safety, the geographical distance between clinicians and their clients, novel therapist skills needed to deliver the treatment, and means of assessing client skill generalization. Presentation topics include: a post-hoc analysis of problem behavior emitted during IISCAs where single or multiple behavior topographies were targeted for reinforcement; a pilot investigation of an assessment for evaluating generalization of clients’ communication and toleration skills; a telehealth application of the IISCA and skill-based treatment process; and an interactive partially-automated training package to teach therapist behaviors to registered behavior technicians.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional assessment, problem behavior, staff training, teleconsultation
Target Audience: This is an intermediate level symposium appropriate for behavior analysts with experience conducting functional analyses, functional communication training, or skill-based treatment. They should have experience working or researching in applied settings in which behavior analysts face challenges to assessment and intervention including human resources, time, physical space/location, safety, and client acceptability. In other words, they should appreciate that the methods highlighted in these presentations are intended for an audience of practicing behavior analysts or scientists concerned with improving the practice of behavior analysis.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Articulate the expected differences in problem behavior rate when they reinforce an open contingency class as an alternative to a closed contingency class within a functional analysis; 2) Describe the extent to which individualized patterns of communication and toleration skills were captured for clients by the Behavioral Skills Assessment; 3) Evaluate the efficacy of a practical functional assessment and treatment process delivered by parents with telehealth support; 4) Provide a summary of the staff training techniques that contributed to registered behavior technicians' acquisition of novel therapist behaviors for delivering skill-based treatment
 
A Within-Session Examination of Open and Closed Contingency Classes in Functional Analysis
KARA LACROIX (Western New England University, The Autism Community Therapists, LLC, FTF Behavioral Consulting), Cory Whelan (Western New England University, The Autism Community Therapists, LLC, FTF Behavioral Consulting), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (FTF Behavioral Consulting ), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University, FTF Behavioral Consulting), Emily Byrne (The Autism Community Therapists)
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) is a commonly-recommended approach for identifying contingencies maintaining problem behavior because treatments informed by FA lead to greater reductions in problem behavior than treatments informed by indirect or descriptive assessments (Campbell, 2003; also see Heyvaert et al., 2014). Despite the benefits of FA technologies, FAs are not widely used by clinicians due to the lack of resources, acceptability of procedures, and safety for participants and implementers (Oliver et al., 2015; Roscoe et al., 2015). Warner et al. (2019) demonstrated that problem behaviors reported to co-occur were members of the same response class and thus recommended using an open contingency class (OCC) in FAs to mitigate risk. The present study extends this line of research by comparing within-session patterns of responding during three FAs conducted with an OCC and three FAs conducted with a closed contingency classes (CCC). Participants were five children diagnosed with autism enrolled in an ABA program. All participants who experienced an OCC spent a greater percentage of test session in reinforcement, emitted fewer instances of problem behavior, and engaged in less dangerous behavior. This presentation will provide clinicians with implications for selecting an OCC or CCC in an FA and recommendations for practice.
 
Toward Rapid and Safe Assessment of Communication and Toleration Skills
JOHANNA STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), William P Martin (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD)
Abstract: While it is the stated aim of behavior analysts to train to generalize rather than train and hope (Stokes and Baer, 1977), it can be challenging to assess the degree to which treatment produces behavior change under novel circumstances, or changes which are maintained over time. To evaluate generalization of the effects of skill-based treatment (SBT; Hanley et al., 2014), we developed and piloted a variation on the functional analysis which yields information about communicative and toleration responses emitted under multiple conditions, while leveraging synthesized contingencies to promote safety. In this exploratory investigation, we implemented this brief behavioral skills assessment for 6 elementary students with emotional/behavioral disorders who participated in an Enhanced Choice Model of SBT (Rajaraman et al., 2020). We conducted the assessment at various time points, including pre-treatment, mid-treatment, and post-treatment, for overlapping groups of students. Skills and precursor/problem behavior varied by individual and assessment time point, indicating assessment sensitivity. Assessment time ranged from 11 to 36 min, and we observed severe problem behavior in 1 of 6 participants. Results suggest this brief behavioral skills assessment is rapid, safe, sensitive to individual differences, and warrants further investigation as an approach for evaluating generalization of treatment effects.
 
Distance-Based Collaborations for Assessing and Treating Problem Behavior
RACHEL METRAS (Western New England University, FTF Behavioral Consulting), Matthew Carbone (Western New England University, FTF Behavioral Consulting), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University, FTF Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract: Interview-informed synthesized contingency analyses (IISCAs) and resulting skill-based treatment processes can result in socially valid outcomes for clients exhibiting severe problem behavior when treatment is implemented by a professional and then transferred to caregivers (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014; Santiago, Hanley, Moore, & Jin, 2016; Taylor, Phillips, & Gertzog, 2018). However, many families do not have access to professionals trained to implement functional analyses or function-based treatments (Deochand & Fuqua, 2016), which means the assessment and treatment of problem behavior is only possible if caregivers implement their children’s intervention procedures. Parents who implement functional analyses and function-based treatments while receiving remote support from a professional can achieve both differentiated functional analyses and reductions in problem behavior (e.g., Suess et al., 2014), but these results have not been replicated with the IISCA. In the present study, three parents of children with autism were taught to implement an IISCA and skill-based treatment process through distance-based collaborative consulting. All parents achieved differentiated functional analyses for their children and at least a 90% reduction in problem behavior relative to baseline. The extent to which general and socially validated outcomes are possible when parents implement these procedures with telehealth support will be discussed.
 

Using Technology to Efficiently Train Registered Behavior Technicians to Implement Skill-Based Treatment: A Tiered Approach

MARNEY SQUIRES POLLACK (Vanderbilt University), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), William P Martin (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Kate Tygielski Chazin (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

The efficacy of skill-based treatment (SBT; Hanley et al., 2014) has been demonstrated across contexts, client populations, and research groups (e.g., Herman et al., 2018, Rose & Beaulieu, 2019). Published studies involved several hours of treatment on a weekly basis, delivered by board certified behavior analysts. In practice, however, behavior analysts’ time for direct service provision is constrained. For treatment dosage to approach the level investigated in efficacy studies, it is particularly important that other personnel (e.g., Registered Behavior Technicians [RBTs]) are trained as primary interventionists, and procedures used to train these personnel are efficient. We used a multiple baseline design across behaviors to evaluate the effects of a partially-automated, tiered training system on RBT intervention fidelity. Training tiers included an interactive, automated training package, targeted pre-session feedback and modeling with role-play. Three clinic-based RBTs participated in the study. Outcomes suggest, with a high degree of confidence, that an interactive, automated training package plus individualized, pre-session feedback increased RBTs’ fidelity to criterion levels, relative to a baseline condition with rationale and brief written instructions. Differences in fidelity within and across participants across the various tiers of training indicate a need for an individualized training approach.

 
 
Panel #393
CE Offered: BACB
Doing the Wrong Thing for the Right Reason: Ethical Quandaries in Autism Treatment Reimbursement
Monday, May 31, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: David Bicard, Ph.D.
Chair: Ashley Marie Lugo (Florida Institute of Technology)
REBECCA WOMACK (BlueSprig Pediatrics)
DARREN SUSH (Pepperdine University)
DAVID BICARD (Great Leaps Learning Center)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts, psychologists, and other behavioral health professionals have an obligation to provide clinically sound, effective, individualized, and appropriate treatment and intervention. For many individuals, access to such services requires review and determination by third-parties and managed care organizations. It is the ethical responsibility of behavior analysts, psychologists, other behavioral health professionals to advocate for the resources necessary to adequately meet their client’s needs, which often means securing authorizations from these funding sources. However, there can easily be a risk of blurring the ethical line between advocacy and integrity. This panel will discuss common pitfalls and challenges toward accurately and effectively advocating for clients, keeping in line with all aspects of the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for the BACB and the Ethical Principles of Psychologists and Code of Conduct. Guidance in preparing authorization requests will be addressed, as well as aspects that commonly hinder approvals, and suggested approaches toward navigating potential appeals.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Attendees should have a minimum experience of developing behavior intervention plans and submitting them to third party payers for treatment authorization.

Learning Objectives: (1) Describe how medical necessity is determined by payer. (2) Describe threats to adherence to the ethical code when seeking authorization and/or appeals. (3) Draft systems to safeguard against threats to integrity to the ethical code.
Keyword(s): ethics, insurance
 
 
Symposium #394
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Parent Training Programs: In-Person, Telehealth, and Self-Directed
Monday, May 31, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Setareh Moslemi (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Jennifer M. Gillis (Binghamton University)
CE Instructor: Setareh Moslemi, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Many parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) around the world have limited or no access to behavior analytic knowledge or services leaving them without support or guidance. In particular, the parenting challenges imposed by the Covid-19 pandemic have greatly increased parents’ need for support and guidance. Training parents with behavior analytic knowledge or skills can potentially help overcome these challenges. The purpose of this symposium is to present two different parent training programs designed to provide skills and knowledge that parents need to improve the quality of life for their children and families. The first presentation will make a comparison between telehealth versus in-person training for parents residing in India. The second presentation will reveal the results of a qualitative study aimed at identifying some barriers that limit parents’ access to behavior analytic knowledge and will discuss the development and evaluation of a web-based and self-directed parent training program designed to overcome some of these barriers.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ABA, Parent Training, Self-Directed Training, Telehealth
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts, Graduate Behavior Analysis Students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Learn about a comparative evaluation of an in-person vs. telehealth training program used with parents in India. 2. Learn about some of the barriers that get in the way of parents of children with autism to receive ABA parent training. 3. Learn about the development and evaluation of a web-based and self-directed parent training program.
 

Development and Evaluation of a Self-Directed Behavioral Training Program for Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

SETAREH MOSLEMI (University of North Texas), Susan Marie Nichols (University of North Texas Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Access to behavior analytic knowledge is limited in many parts of the world leaving parents without support. Parent training could be a potential solution to help close some of the gaps. The results of our qualitative study revealed at least five different barriers that limit parents’ access to useful behavior analytic knowledge: time, cost, lack of awareness, waiting list, and lack of support. The purpose of the current project is to develop and evaluate a web-based program to overcome some of these barriers. This parent training program will incorporate non-technical language to present short modules in order to teach parents about the basic behavioral competencies. First, the modules will be brief to help address time constrain as a barrier. Second, the web-based platform will allow self-directed progress and asynchronous access to help address time, waiting list and lack of support barriers. Third, the training will be offered at an affordable and low cost in order to address cost constraint as a barrier. Fourth, the use of non-technical language will ease parents’ understanding and adoption of the material. The presentation will describe the results of an evaluation of the parent-training program.

 
 
Panel #396
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Supervision
Diversity submission Why Language Matters in a Social Justice Framework: Exploring the Implications of Language on Social Issues and Developing New Verbal Repertoires (A Compassion and Social Justice: Contributor Series)
Monday, May 31, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Lauren Schnell, Ph.D.
Chair: Meredith Andrews (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
ERIN DONOVAN (Beautiful Humans Change; Capella University)
LAUREN SCHNELL (Hunter College)
LAUREN ALICIA GOODWYN (Seton Hall University)
Abstract:

Our verbal behaviour is an essential skill for navigating our social world and our inability to understand the value of the words we use can contribute to social conflicts, aggression, racial bias, prejudice, discrimination, and many other social issues. In an effort to combat these societal limitations and move towards an inclusive culture in which everyone’s individuality is championed; our language must be explored and compassion, perspective-taking, and empathy must be promoted. In this panel we will discuss a behavior-analytic description of perspective-taking and its role in establishing compassion skills and utility in social justice, overcome the deeply ingrained societal gender binary system in favour of a compassionate, gender expansive society, and how our language establishes and can topple societal prejudice. Behaviour analysis can replace current behaviours around social relations and replace them with compassion. The anticipated result would lead to impactful acquisition of social justice rights for those from marginalized populations.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Intermediate - BCBAs and BCBA-Ds ~ A discussion on verbal behaviour and ways in which our language informs our social world and the need to see the value of the words we use as it relates to social conflicts (e.g., aggression, racial bias, prejudice, discrimination, and many other social issues).

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) learn verbal behavioural strategies to engage in compassion, perspective-taking, and empathy; (2) recognizing the importance of language in societal injustices towards marginalized groups; (3) promoting a workplace culture in which language matters and developing anti-discriminatory practices and policies
Keyword(s): Compassion, perspective taking, relational frame, verbal behavior
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #397
CE Offered: BACB
Learning to Stop Responding
Monday, May 31, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MARK BOUTON (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

This talk will review research from the basic learning laboratory on extinction and other methods that weaken or reduce behavior. When a behavior has been suppressed by extinction, punishment, DRO, or DRA, it can recover or “renew” when the context is changed. Behavioral inhibition is thus generally context-dependent. Importantly, there are also many kinds of “contexts:” In addition to physical background cues, drug state, and time, recent experiments have established a contextual role for hunger and satiety states, stress state, recent reinforcers (as in reinstatement and resurgence), and preceding behaviors in a behavior chain. Recent research has also explored what is learned in operant extinction and how it is actually learned. The findings have implications for understanding and preventing lapse and relapse after behavioral inhibition and behavior change.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners that want a deeper understanding of extinction and behavior change

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe evidence that behavior change does not involve erasure of a behavior; (2) describe and apply the role of context, and the many different kinds of context, in extinction and behavioral inhibition; (3) describe what is learned in operant extinction and how it is learned.
 
MARK BOUTON (University of Vermont)

Mark E. Bouton, Ph.D., is a University Distinguished Professor and the Lawson Green and Gold Professor of Psychology at the University of Vermont. He has been doing research on the effects of context on conditioning and learning, with an emphasis on behavior change, for several decades. He has received a number of awards, including the Gantt Medal from the Pavlovian Society and the Quad-L Award from the University of New Mexico, and he is a Fellow of several organizations, including the American Psychological Association, the Association for Psychological Science, the Society of Experimental Psychologists, and the Eastern Psychological Association, of which he is a past president. He is also the author of a well-regarded textbook on learning and behavior theory [Learning and behavior: A contemporary synthesis (2nd ed.)], published in 2016 by Sinauer Associates, an imprint of Oxford University Press.

 
 
Symposium #398
CE Offered: BACB
Interdisciplinary Collaboration to Improve Outcomes for Children With Disabilities in Public Schools
Monday, May 31, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Marissa A. Novotny (University of Texas at San Antonio)
CE Instructor: Marissa A. Novotny, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will describe a federally funded project aimed to improve training for behavior analysts and school psychologists to work collaboratively in the public school system. The focus will be on the interdisciplinary training and implementation of a team-based model for function-based assessments and interventions (the Prevent-Teach-Response; PTR model) within schools. The first paper will describe the overall project goals, framework, and preliminary outcomes. The second paper will describe how behavior analysis students have collaborated with school personnel to implement the PTR model in different classroom settings with successful student outcomes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Interdisciplinary Training, School-Based Intervention, Teacher consultation, Team-Based Intervention
Target Audience:

Basic knowledge on school-based intervention, teacher training, interdisciplinary service provision, and function-based intervention

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the need for interdisciplinary and collaborative service provision for children with disabilities in schools; (2) Describe the innovative interdisciplinary training framework used by Project EBAS in preparing school-based behavior analysts and school psychologists ; (3) Explain the 5-step, team-based process used in implementing the PTR model; and (4) Describe the impact of implementation of collaborative team-based interventions on child outcomes.
 
Interdisciplinary Training to Prepare School-Based Behavior Analysts and School Psychologists: Project EBAS
CATIA CIVIDINI-MOTTA CIVIDINI (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Diana Ginns (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health)
Abstract: Considering that much of the knowledge and many of the skills that behavior analysts and school psychologists possess are not unique to their particular discipline and that the school-based services they provide for students with disabilities overlap to varying degrees, it is important to consider the potentially overlapping roles that they share. However, behavior analysts receive very little to no formal training in interdisciplinary collaboration although they frequently collaborate with other professionals and families. Likewise, most school psychologists underutilize interdisciplinary collaboration and consultation in school settings. This presentation will introduce an interdisciplinary project (Project EBAS) designed to improve training for behavior analysts and school psychologists to work collaboratively in the public school system. Participants of the presentation will learn the benefits of having interdisciplinary pre-service behavior analysts’ and school psychologists’ work with classroom teachers and school-based teams to support children who require intensive behavior interventions. The presentation will describe the aggregated child data from a number of single subject design studies and the moderator effects of interventions on child behavioral outcomes.
 

Interdisciplinary Collaboration Using the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Model for Children With Disabilities

KWANG-SUN CHO BLAIR (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Diana Ginns (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Consultation models that are responsive to teacher needs and strengths and that provide supportive coaching and specific feedback have been successful in enhancing classroom practices. The presentation will introduce the process and outcomes of school-based behavioral consultation using the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) model to support children with high-intensity needs who need individualized function-based interventions in public schools. Behavior interventions for children with severe problem behavior require individualized intervention planning based on functional behavior assessment (FBA) results. However, one issue with providing effective interventions and supports to children with severe problem behavior is the limited training and support provided to teachers and school-based teams on FBA and the design of function-based interventions. This presentation focuses on the impact of function-based interventions on individual child behavior when pre-service behavior analysts used the PTR model to provide behavioral consultation. Participants of the presentation will learn the benefits of having pre-service behavior analysts work with classroom teachers and school-based teams to support children who required intensive behavior interventions. The session will present data on 10 children with or at-risk for disabilities who received the PTR intervention and provide for discussion on how the PTR model can be used to provide behavioral consultation and improve outcomes for children with behavioral challenges in schools.

 
 
Special Event #399
CE Offered: BACB
Cultural Behavior Science VCS Practicum: Design and Evaluate Learning Experiences in the Field
Monday, May 31, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Sarah M. Richling, Ph.D.
Panelists: MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC), BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas), KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University), SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

This panel discussion examines how the Cultural Behavior Science VCS practicum might be designed to optimize student learning, foster outreach from VCS approved curricula into the community, refine concepts/procedures in community/culture behavior change and assemble resources to orchestrate success. The panel invites discussion with the ABAI community to illuminate pathways ahead, barriers, and solutions as the field seeks to transfer expertise in cultural behavior science towards socially important issues related to sustainability, diversity, social justice, and other “wicked problems."

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Those interested in the Cultural Behavior Science VCS practicum.

Learning Objectives: pending
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC)
BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas)
KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University)
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas)
 
 
Invited Paper Session #400
CE Offered: BACB
Analyzing Behavior-Environment Interactions: Why Movement Cycles Matter
Monday, May 31, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

A movement cycle is a repeatable unit of behavior. It specifies a starting position and a series of behavior-environment interactions that continue until the organism is back at the starting point and can begin the movement cycle again. The concept of the movement cycle was developed and refined by Ogden Lindsley, although he attributed the original idea to B. F. Skinner. Movement cycles were fundamental during the early development of precision teaching. They appeared on the Standard Celeration Chart and were used to define units of behavior. Although the concept of the movement cycle is central to the description of behavior, it has largely been forgotten by modern behavior analysts. In this talk, we will trace the historical roots of the concept of the movement cycle. Then, we will explore why movement cycles are still relevant from a theoretical perspective and how they can help you better understand the nature of reinforcement. Thinking in terms of movement cycles will give you a new perspective when defining units of behavior for measurement, planning out your teaching steps, and setting your criteria for reinforcement.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

This presentation will be of interest to basic and applied researchers interested in mechanisms of behavior change and to practitioners who work in a variety of applied settings.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a movement cycle; (2) identify behavioral definitions containing movement cycles; (3) describe how movement cycles can be used to improve shaping.
 
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)

Jesús Rosales-Ruiz is an associate professor at the University of North Texas in the Department of Behavior Analysis. He obtained his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas in 1995, under the mentorship of two pioneers in the field of behavior analysis, Donald M. Baer and Ogden R. Lindsley. Jesús is one of the few scientists in the world studying animal training from both the theoretical and applied perspectives. He, along with his students, has greatly contributed to the understanding of the science and practice of animal training. Jesús also studies the antecedent control of behavior, generalization, behavioral cusps, fluency-based teaching, treatment of autism, teaching of academic behavior, rule-governed behavior and contingency-shaped behavior. He has served on several editorial boards, including the Journal of Precision Teaching, the European Journal of Behavior Analysis, and the International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy. He has also served as a reviewer for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, the Journal of Neuroscience Methods, Behavioral Processes, and PLOS ONE. Jesús is a fellow of the Eastern Psychological Association, a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and a member of the Association for Behavior Analysis International.

 
 
Panel #401
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Kantor Today: Modern Applications of Interbehavioral Psychology in Educational, ABA, and Clinical Contexts
Monday, May 31, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: PCH/CBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Evelyn Rachael Gould, Ph.D.
Chair: Abbey Warren (University of Louisiana at Lafayette Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group)
EVELYN RACHAEL GOULD (New England Center for OCD and Anxiety)
KAREN KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi)
TROY DUFRENE (California School of Professional Psychology: San Francisco)
Abstract: J.R. Kantor’s work diverges from traditional Skinnerian behaviorism both at philosophical (i.e., Interbehaviorism) and theoretical (i.e., Interbehavioral Psychology) levels. Further, these divergences have implications for the applications of behavior analysis across settings, particularly when complex human behavior (or interbehavior) is the focus. In some cases, it may be that interbehavioral psychology is well-positioned to answer questions or solve problems of great social significance where Skinnerian accounts fall short. This panel is comprised of professionals who use interbehaviorism and interbehavioral psychology in their daily work as behavior analysts in ABA, clinical, and higher education settings. Panelists will highlight how they conceptualize their work from an interbehavioral perspective, expand on the applications of interbehavioral psychology in their mentoring, teaching, training, supervision, and clinical work, and demonstrate the core differences between language-based interventions from an interbehavioral perspective and more dominant approaches in behavior analysis.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Some applied experience with clinical or applied behavior analysis
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) conceptualize the interbehavioral approach to current literature (2) expand on the use and implications of interbehaviorism in clinical practice, and (3) demonstrate the core differences between interbehaviorism and other traditional approaches to the larger field of behavioral psychology.
Keyword(s): Interbehavioral Psychology, Interbehaviorism, Kantorian
 
 
Invited Tutorial #402
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Realizing the Potential of Applied Behavior Analysis to Improve Outcomes in Adolescents and Young Adults With Autism
Monday, May 31, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Peter Gerhardt, Ed.D.
Chair: Bobby Newman (Proud Moments)
Presenting Authors: : PETER GERHARDT (The EPIC School)
Abstract:

In their seminal article, Baer, Wolf and Risley (1968), stated that behavior analytic intervention is expected to result in strong, socially important, and generalizable behavior change which, in this case, should mean more positive adult outcomes in ASD. Unfortunately, despite a nearly three decade-long emphasis on evidence-based, behavior analytic intervention in ASD, adult outcomes remain poor “for almost any outcome you choose.” (Roux, et al, 2015, p. 8). While there may be several reasons for continued poor outcomes (including the challenge of simply defining “good outcome”), the potential of behavior analytic intervention to develop more positive adult outcomes has yet to be fully realized. Such outcomes, however, are well within the reach of our behavior analytic technology. But to do that, the contingencies governing our behavior will, most likely, need to shift. For example, we will need to shift from contingencies that reinforce the technical precision of our classroom-based interventions to contingencies the reinforce the somewhat less technical precision of community-based intervention (assuming the target has a fair degree of social validity). This tutorial will identify a number areas, both internal and external to the field, where a “contingency shift” may be necessary if the power of behavior analytic intervention to significantly improve outcomes for adults with autism is to be more fully realized.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: PENDING.
 
PETER GERHARDT (The EPIC School)
Peter Gerhardt, Ed.D., is the Executive Director of the EPIC School in Paramus, NJ. Dr. Gerhardt has nearly 40 years of experience utilizing the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis in support of adolescents and adults with autism spectrum disorders in educational, employment, residential and community-based settings. He is the author or co-author on a number of articles and book chapters on the needs of adolescents and adults with ASD and has presented nationally and internationally on this topic. Dr. Gerhardt serves as Co-Chairman of the Scientific Council for the Organization for Autism Research and is on numerous professional advisory boards including the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He received his doctorate from Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey’s Graduate School of Education.
 
 
Symposium #403
CE Offered: BACB
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in the Real World by Behavior Analysts: Assessment, Treatment, and Data Collection
Monday, May 31, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Breanna Lee (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Alyssa N. Wilson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology--SoCal)
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) as an approach to intervention of psychological inflexibility has existed in some form for nearly forty years, generating considerable research including correlational studies, single case experimental designs, and hundreds of randomized control trial evaluations. Despite this work, behavior analysts may be hesitant to employ ACT in practice with their clients and the families that they serve. This series of two presentations will explore how ACT is used in the real world by real behavior analysts to solve multiple behavior challenges that involve intricate verbal relations, private events, and experiential avoidance. The first talk will discuss an assessment process that analysts may employ while implementing ACT with parents, as well as multiple case examples of ACT being applied with this population. The second talk will discuss data collection when behavior is private, focusing specifically on the potential of ecological momentary assessment across multiple settings and clients. This symposium is geared towards behavior analysts looking to integrate ACT based approaches within their existing practice with practical ideas for where to start this work. And by so doing, progressing the depth and scope of our applied field.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ACT, Assessment, Data Collection, Intervention
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the assessment to intervention process in ACT with parents; (2) Discuss case conceptualization and intervention targets in ACT; (3) Describe ecological momentary assessment as a data collection strategy
 

Applications of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Parent Training

TIMOTHY M. WEIL (Tandem Behavioral Health & Wellness)
Abstract:

Experiencing challenges in modifying parent behaviors is common. Many of these challenges are historical and interfere with the parents' ability to engage in effective teaching practices. Parent training that includes an ACT component is often found to further parental effort, interest, and involvement. To date, ACT is the only behavior analytic approach that permits a functional assessment of aversive control due to private events. While there are several studies published on brief intervention strategies, none speak to the long term training and practice needed when engaged in long term consultation with families. This paper will present an overview of a Behavioral Parent Training Program that combines both basics of behavior and a Values Based ACT approach to long term child behavioral intervention. Included in the overview of the parent training package will be a process based account of the ongoing difficulties that may be experienced when working with a family across time where both parent and child are engaged in values based intervention.

 
Evaluating ACT Intervention Efficacy Using Ecological Momentary Assessment
DANA PALILIUNAS (Missouri State University)
Abstract: As research and practice related to Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has increased in prevalence within the field, so too has the discussion of methodologies for research and intervention that are consistent with the behavior analytic tradition. While it is common to encounter the use of self-report measures as a dependent variable in ACT-related research, concerns related to validity, reliability, and bias of self-report data are often cited by behavior analysts. While direct observation of behavioral targets is preferred for the evaluation of intervention effectiveness, it may not be possible to obtain this data with certain populations or in certain settings. Additionally, both public and private verbal behavior may be of interest to those utilizing an ACT approach. Ecological momentary assessment (EMA) may be one approach to assessment and data collection useful to researchers and practitioners embedding ACT within their work; EMA involves repeated sampling of individuals’ current behaviors and experiences in real time and in the natural environment, and may include the use of technology to enhance this process. An introduction to EMA will be provided and examples of this approach within ACT-focused self-management interventions for young adults will be reviewed.
 
 
Symposium #404
CE Offered: BACB
A Glimpse into the Future: The Emerging Science of Language and Cognitive Training in Children With Autism
Monday, May 31, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Meagan Grasley (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Technological development in applied behavior analysis is emerging at a rapid pace, evidenced by the proliferation of new assessment and intervention technologies and the integration of computerized technology in data collection and programming. This symposium will put on display several new technological developments related to the PEAK Relational Training System as a standardized assessment and training strategy with children with disabilities. The first two talks will demonstrate two new technologies that can be integrated within existing PEAK programming. The first will explore eye-gaze tracking as a predictor of program mastery and success that may be more sensitive than traditional performance measures with children. The second will explore automated and gamified programming as compared to traditional delivery formats to produce rapid rates of program mastery and to improve acceptability of behavior interventions. The third and fourth talk will evaluate broader assessment and intervention outcomes with children with autism. The third will show data that replicate several prior studies on PEAK with younger children with autism to determine if previous findings hold with children below the age of 10-years. The fourth study will show new normative sample and comparative data from within the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment that can be used to inform assessment and outcome evaluations in research and in practice. Taken together, these talks show how new technologies can be integrated within PEAK.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Assessment, Automation, Normative Data, PEAK
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: (1) Describe how eye gaze response data can predict mastery; (2) Discuss how PEAK programs can be automated and computerized; (3) Describe normative data and age comparisons of the PCA with children with autism
 

The Relationship Between Ocular Observing Responses and Relational Training Procedures for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

BECKY BARRON (Emergent Learning Academy), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

Current research has shown differences in eye gaze, or ocular observing responses amongst individuals with autism spectrum disorder compared with their typically developing counterparts. Eye gaze is currently studied as a predictor for ASD diagnoses or potential level of social deficits for individuals already diagnosed. Deficits in language and communication are also studied as risk factors and are often attributed to social deficits in ASD. Previous research has shown improvements in accurate eye gaze during the development of stimulus equivalence classes for typically developing adults (Hansen & Arntzen, 2018). Relational training procedures that promote derived stimulus relations have also been shown to improve language repertoires for children with ASD. By combining the technology available for understanding complex language processes and eye gaze behaviors, behavior analysts may be able to better understand how to target specific behaviors in treatment that may indirectly improve eye gaze, and in turn also improve behaviors related to social interaction and attention. The current study investigated the relationship between accurate eye gaze towards stimuli during task demands and relational repertoires with children with ASD, as well as the impact that relational training has on accurate eye gaze while being taught and deriving novel, arbitrary relational frames of coordination. Results from the current study suggest a strong relationship between appropriate eye gaze and derived relational abilities, as well as increase accuracy in eye gaze as relational responding improves. These results may have implication for treatment choices for behavior analysts.

 

Synthesizing Technologies: Comparing Automated and Gamified Discrete Trial Training to Traditional Delivery in Children With Disabilities

LINDSEY NICOLE HOLTSMAN (Emergent Learning STL Center), Meredith Matthews (Missouri State University), Taylor Marie Lauer (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Raymond burke (Apex Regional Program)
Abstract:

Discrete trial training has been supported across multiple studies as an efficient way to teach new skills consistent with a verbal behavior, stimulus equivalence, and relational frame theory approach to language and cognitive training. On the other hand, social validity and efficiency of instruction may be hindered by traditional discrete trial training systems that can become repetitive and may contain few automated reinforcers embedded within instruction. In the present study, we evaluated the efficacy of automated PEAK programs and gamified PEAK programs in promoting the development of new language and cognitive skills in children with disabilities. In a second study, we compared both delivery formats on a tablet to traditional discrete trial training utilizing physical stimuli (e.g., paper stimuli) within a multielement experimental design across participants. The first study supported the use of automated and gamified PEAK programming in teaching the target skills and achieving the transformations of stimulus function described within the programs. The second study showed that participants achieved program mastery more rapidly when programs were automated and gamified compared to traditional discrete trial training program delivery. Social validity scores were also higher when programs were delivered on a tablet. These results show a synthesis of new technologies embedded within an existing behavior analytic technology (i.e., PEAK) that can be used to teach multiple skills to develop broad performance repertoires.

 

The Relationship Between PEAK, Intelligence, and Challenging Behavior: A Replication With Young Children With Autism

TAYLOR MARIE LAUER (Missouri State University ), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Megan Kimzey (Missouri State University), Lindsey Schneider (Missouri State University), Hannah Wallace (Missouri State University), Kaitlin Beason (Missouri State University )
Abstract:

Research on the PEAK Relational Training System has exceeded that of other widely available assessments and curricular packages that target language and cognition in children with autism. A salient aspect of this research are evaluations of the relationship between PEAK assessments and intelligence test scores, PEAK assessments and the function of challenging behavior, and intervention research to improve derived relational responding and intelligence test scores. The age ranges within this research have been considerable. In this series of studies, we replicate these studies with young children with autism. First, we did obtain a correlation between PEAK comprehensive assessment scores and intelligence test scores, however a weaker correlation may have resulted from overall lower performance across measures. Second, we observed that very few participants demonstrated mastery over mutual entailment items. Those who did were less likely to show a single behavior function – consistent with prior research. Thus, in both studies these relationships may still hold, but fewer children may be capable of derived relational responding as evaluated using PEAK. Finally, we conducted PEAK training over the course of 10-weeks across two children with autism who showed low levels of mutual entailment at the start of the study. Both participants demonstrated mastery of skills and increases in intelligence test scores that were approximately equal to average performance reported in prior research.

 
Psychometric Prosperities and the Normative Sample of the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (PCA)
MARK R. DIXON (University of Illinois at Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Ayla Schmick (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has slowly entered the arena of standardized assessment in recent years. Besides offering benefits such as better procedural integrity, being less time consuming, and providing an age-referenced criterion, the need for such tools was further amplified as more and more behavior analytic services were covered by insurance companies, who had been interacting with mainstream psychology for decades and were familiar with using criterion-referenced tools to evaluate the repertoire of the client in question. The current study presents three overall findings on the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (PCA). We first demonstrated significant strong correlations between the PCA and its predecessor, the PEAK Pre-assessments (PEAK-PA), while highlighting some of the benefits of adopting the PCA instead of using the PEAK-PA. We then showed convergent validity between the PCA and established measures on adaptive behavior, intelligence, and autism symptom severity. Lastly, we provided findings on the PCA’s psychometric properties, including reliability, internal consistency, and its normative sample.
 
 
Symposium #405
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Data Science: Novel Questions and Applications for Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 31, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EAB/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College)
Discussant: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University / Western University)
CE Instructor: David J. Cox, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral data science is an emerging interdisciplinary field at the interface of behavioral science and data science. Behavioral science aims to understand why people emit specific behaviors in specific contexts. Data science aims to generate insight from large data sets using mathematical and computational analyses. Behavioral data science aims to gain behaviorally-grounded insights from large-scale data sets to answer questions of basic or applied interest. This symposium provides the attendee with a broad understanding of what behavioral data science is by describing the skills and methods behavioral data scientists use and the types of questions they ask. This is accomplished via example wherein researchers across four presentations demonstrate how: (1) time-series and geographical analyses forecast BACB certificant demand; (2) network analyses identify trends and gaps in published behavior analytic science; (3) computational techniques efficiently compare multiple behavioral models of choice in natural contexts; and (4) machine learning allows us to predict the next response made in dynamic contexts. Behavior analysts who learn the skills of data science can likely ask questions novel to the science of behavior analysis and develop novel applied behavior analytic interventions.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): big data, computational analysis, data science, scaling ABA
Target Audience:

The audience should have a general understanding of operant contingencies and issues of relevance to the field. However, every presentation is aimed at explaining what behavioral data science is and how it can be used. The goal is to be an introduction to this topic so interested audience members can follow-up afterward to learn more.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define behavioral data science; (2) describe the common methods and techniques used by behavioral data scientists; and (3) describe the types of questions that are appropriate for behavioral data science tools.
 

Identifying the Optimal Temporal Window to Analyze Behavior Measured in Non-Laboratory Contexts

(Applied Research)
MA KRISHNA ROSALES (Florida Institute of Technology), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College)
Abstract:

The generalized matching equation (GME) predicts behavior allocation based on the relative amount of reinforcement contacted by each behavior. Dynamic state variable (DSV) models predict behavior allocation based on variables that change dynamically over time. To use these models in nonlaboratory settings, researchers must identify the temporal window over which to aggregate response and reinforcer rates. This study demonstrates how computational techniques can identify the optimal temporal bin for fitting the GME and DSV models to data collected in the nonlaboratory context of basketball games. For both models, the dependent variable was the logged ratio of three-point and two-point shots taken. For the GME, the independent variable was the logged ratio of three-point and two-point shots made. For DSV models, the independent variable was the difference in points scored between opponents during the previous temporal bin. For each model we: calculated prediction accuracy over temporal bins ranging from 30 s intervals to 2880 s (entire game); identified the optimal temporal window; and determined the conditions under which each model generated the highest predictive accuracy. Overall, the methods used here demonstrate how computational analyses can be used to efficiently describe and predict nonlaboratory human behavior.

 

An Application of Time Series Forecasting Methods in Behavior Analysis: Predicting Certificant Demand in Texas

(Applied Research)
ZACHARY HARRISON MORFORD (Texas Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Forecasting methods for time series data have been used for quite some time in various applications of behavior analysis, and yet are rarely used in our literature. For example, a popular single-subject experimental design textbook (Barlow, Nock, & Hersen, 2009) has a chapter on statistical methods—including forecasting methods—for behavioral data. In this presentation I will review an application of forecasting to BACB certificants in the state of Texas and show how those data are changing both in the aggregate and geographically by region. The field of behavior analysis, as measured by certificant numbers, has been growing exponentially. While these are not behavioral data, the methods discussed are relevant to behavioral interventions. Understanding certificant trends can help behavior analytic organizations plan for the provision of behavior analytic services. In the context of this application, both the advantages and disadvantages of forecasting methods will be discussed. Further resources for learning about these methods will be provided.

 

Natural Language Processing to Identify Trends and Gaps in the Published Science of Behavior Analysis

(Applied Research)
JACOB SOSINE (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College)
Abstract:

Communities survive if the behavioral repertoires of individual members within the population vary enough to withstand selective pressures. For scientists, one way to measure the total population repertoire and the evolutionary dynamics of ideas might be through analysis of peer-reviewed publications. Natural Language Processing (NLP) is one set of tools that allow researchers to analyze textual data at scale. Here, we used NLP to describe the evolution of behavior analysis by identifying the key characteristics of publications over time. To do this, we gathered 1500+ peer-reviewed publications from the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior. For each article, we collected data on publication year, title, authors, abstract, keywords, manuscript, and references. Once obtained, we analyzed the differences and similarities in research topics between the two journals and used network analyses to identify citation patterns within the research literature. Future research aimed at understanding the variation, selection, and evolution of topics studied by behavior analysts might be important for three reasons. First, it gives data to conversations about how the field allocates resources to promote understudied topics, variation in studied topics, or high impact topics and that are low-hanging fruits. Second, it may help junior researchers identify gaps and niches upon which to build a career. Lastly, it could highlight gaps in the research literature that, if filled, would benefit applied practitioners. The methods of behavioral data science make these benefits easier to obtain and more robust in their methodology and findings.

 

Using Machine Learning to Predict the next Response: One Approach to a Dynamic Unified Model of Behavior

(Basic Research)
DAVID J. COX (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College), Bryan Klapes (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine - Georgia), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Molecular analyses predict and control behavior through discrete responses strengthened by contiguous reinforcers. Molar analyses predict and control behavior through response-reinforcer relationships aggregated across a temporal window. Unified analyses aim to leverage molecular and molar analyses to describe, predict, and control behavior. Here, we sought to take a unified analytic approach wherein quantitative analyses of behavior and machine learning combined to predict the next response a human made. To do this, we obtained data on every pitch thrown by a pitcher during the 2016-2019 Major League Baseball seasons. The dataset contained information about the game context, the pitch type and characteristics, and the consequences that followed every pitch. Molecular information was included through a weighted decay function placing greater weight on more recent reinforcers and by making response-by-response predictions. Molar information was included through dynamically updating covariance relations between game context, pitch type, and pitch consequence via the generalized matching equation. Machine learning combined raw data, molecular information, and molar information to predict the next pitch. The dynamic unified model of behavior led to higher response-by-response prediction accuracy than the molecular and molar approaches alone. This experiment demonstrates how behavioral data science can describe and predict dynamic human behavior.

 
 
Symposium #408
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Cultural Diversity and Professional Skills in Higher Education and Supervision
Monday, May 31, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis)
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Andresa De Souza, Ph.D.
Abstract: Applications of behavior analysis to solve socially-significant issues have been implemented worldwide with people from various geographic areas and cultural backgrounds. With such a reach, it is important for future behavior analysts to receive instruction and direct training in skills related to cultural competency and ethical decision making. This symposium will focus on topics related to cultural diversity and professional skills in higher education and supervision. First, Lisa Tereshko will present a literature review of strategies to promote engagement of students from culturally-diverse backgrounds in online higher-education. Next, Mary Jane Weiss will discuss methods to measure, evaluate, and teach important interpersonal and professional skills relevant to future behavior analysts. After, Colleen Suzio will review the importance of training students on cultural competence and cultural humility from the lens of the Ethical Compliance Code. Finally, Marie-Hélène Konrad will conclude with an overview of potential difficulties encountered when serving clients from different backgrounds and relevant skills to focus on during supervision to prepare future behavior analysts for a culturally-diverse environment. Darlene Crone-Todd will serve as the discussant.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Cultural diversity, Ethical Code, Higher Education, Supervision
Target Audience: The audience should be familiar with BCBA ethical code, behavior assessments, and behavioral skills training technology.
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify strategies to engage culturally-diverse students in online instruction; 2. Describe procedure to assess, design, and implement training procedure related to interpersonal and professional skills; 3. Discuss strategies to teach students how to interpret ethical code items with an emphasis on cultural humility; 4. Implement steps to prepare futures behavior analyst to work with culturally population while complying with the BCBA Compliance Code.
 
Diversity submission A Systematic Literature Review of Increasing Engagement of Culturally Diverse Students in Online Higher Education
(Applied Research)
LISA TERESHKO (Beacon ABA Services), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract: The use of online instruction in higher education has increased. This increase in acceptability and in implementation has increased the diversity of students that are being taught in a class. Online classes are more likely to include students from varying geographic regions and countries, as well as students of various races, cultures, and ethnicities. To ensure the success of culturally diverse students, student engagement is critical. Conceptual and empirical peer-reviewed articles were reviewed to review existing strategies and to identify evidence-based strategies to increase the engagement of culturally diverse students in higher education. Variables recommended for implementation are reviewed.
 
Diversity submission 

Tackling the Tough Skills in Graduate Coursework: Refining and Measuring Complex Interpersonal and Professionalism Skills

(Service Delivery)
Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), VIDESHA MARYA (PENDING)
Abstract:

In recent years, a number of skills that have not historically been emphasized in training have been identified as essential to professional practice in behavior analysis. These include interprofessional collaboration, compassionate care, ethical decision making, and cultural humility. These skills are often addressed in other disciplines, and resources exist within these disciplines that assist in defining the skills. However, the skills are inherently complex and are difficult to operationally define and measure. In this talk, we will review how these skills can be introduced inn graduate coursework in behavior analysis in ways that are conceptually systematic with the science of ABA. Specifically, methods for building specific skills in these areas will be highlighted. Emphasis will be placed on how to define and measure these skills, and how to socialize students into the need for skill development in these areas. Elements of Behavior Skills Training, including the provision of a rationale, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback will be discussed. Options for data collection, determining mastery, assessing generalization, and obtaining social validity data will also be presented.

 
Diversity submission 

Considerations and Interpretations in Regardto the Ethical Compliance Code

(Service Delivery)
COLLEEN SUZIO (Center for Children with Special Needs (CCSN)), Jessica Piazza (Endicott College), Roxanne Gayle (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Noor Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis is a growing field within human service and beyond. Client demographics for behavior analysts are diverse and continue to grow as well. It is imperative that practices behavior analysts implement are culturally humble and that services are conducted in a culturally competent manner. Education and training of behavior analysts should incorporate a strong emphasis on cultural competence and cultural humility at both the organizational and individual level for practicing behavior analysts. In addition, behavior analysts can be trained to utilize broader general guidelines adopted from other, similar human service providers (e.g., psychologists, counselors, medicine, etc.) in order to assist with interpreting code items with an emphasis on cultural humility. The recommendations outlined in this paper are fluid and subject to change as new examples are provided in regard to culturally humble practice.

 
Diversity submission 

Ethical Considerations in Cross-Cultural Supervision

(Service Delivery)
MARIE-HELENE KONRAD (Autismuszentrum Sonnenschein), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis)
Abstract:

The presence of cross-cultural communities around the world is ever-growing resulting in many clinicians practicing in a culturally-diverse context with families that have different values, traditions, habits, and spoken language. Despite a growing interest in evidence-based practices for individuals with developmental disabilities, there is still a large discrepancy in the number of training professionals across the globe. In other words, the number of certified behavior analysts is uneven in countries around the world, and professionals wishing to obtain training in applied behavior analysis face the challenge of securing supervision from behavior analysts living in other countries. The geographical distance poses a difficulty in itself, however some other barriers involve the difference in cultural background among the supervisor, supervisee, and clients. To circumvent these barriers, it is important that supervisors are aware of cultural differences while delivering supervision and plan to incorporate cultural competency training into their agenda. During this talk, we will place particular emphasis on ethical considerations relevant to supervision and the importance of preparing future behavior analysts for working with individuals from diverse backgrounds.

 
 
Invited Panel #411
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Management of Bias: Behavior Science Meets Medical Education
Monday, May 31, 2021
12:00 PM–1:10 PM EDT
Online
Area: DEI; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D.
Panelists: NEDA ETEZADI-AMOLI (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), NICOLE JACOBS (University of Nevada School of Medicine), MELISSA PIASECKI (UNR Med)
Abstract:

Alarming epidemics in the medical profession include burnout of highly trained personnel and medical errors that are products of team dynamic related phenomena (stress, implicit biases inhibiting cooperation etc.). Equally alarming is the growing evidence of health outcome disparities resulting from bias in the healthcare settings. Medical schools are developing curricular elements that increase resiliency, self-compassion, cooperation, and empathy towards patients to combat these effects. The panelists will provide an overview of the long term interdisciplinary collaboration between University of Nevada, Reno Medical School (UNR Med) and Performance System Technologies (PST) Lab at the University of Nevada, Reno, that has resulted in the developed assessment and training procedures for identifying and mitigating bias in physicians in training. The discussion will also include ways this interdisciplinary program may serve as an effective model for addressing bias in a variety of organizations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify negative impacts of bias in health care settings; (2) describe strategies used to mitigate bias in physicians in training; (3) describe strengths of the UNR interdisciplinary model for addressing bias in a variety of organizations.
NEDA ETEZADI-AMOLI (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine)

Neda Etezadi-Amoli, M.D. is the Chair of the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, and Director of Medical Student Career Advising at University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine. She helped develop the OB/GYN Clerkship for the medical school and has served as Clerkship Director. Neda joined the Implicit Bias Research Group in 2016 and has been working with Dr. Houmanfar and her team to develop implicit bias training for the third-year medical students in clinical rotations. Dr. Etezadi-Amoli is a graduate of the University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine and completed her residency training at the University of Texas, Southwestern, where she stayed on as faculty for two years, working with residents and medical students. She is board certified in Obstetrics and Gynecology and completed the Association of Professors of Gynecology and Obstetrics Scholars and Leaders program. Her interests include innovating medical education and interprofessional education and teamwork.

RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno)

Ramona Houmanfar is Professor of Psychology and the Director of the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno (UNR). Dr. Houmanfar and members of her Performance System Technologies Lab at UNR co-founded the interdisciplinary cross campus partnership with Dr. Piasecki in 2012 to facilitate advancement of leadership objectives at UNR Med and promote graduate training in interdisciplinary science. Dr. Houmanfar’s established record of publication, and expertise in behavioral systems analysis and cultural behavior analysis have guided the interdisciplinary partnership with UNRMed and research associated with implicit bias, cooperation, situational awareness, decision making, and value based governance.   

NICOLE JACOBS (University of Nevada School of Medicine)

Negar “Nicole” Jacobs is a Clinical Psychologist and Associate Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences.  She received her PhD from the University of Nevada, Reno in 2003 and completed her internship at the VA Sierra Nevada Health Care System.  After internship, she worked in the Addictive Disorders Treatment Program at the VA for 5 years, before leaving to pursue her true passion of teaching at UNR Med in 2007.  Dr. Jacobs has served as the Behavioral Science Coordinator for first-year medical students and is currently a Block Director for the Practice of Medicine in Year 1.  In 2016, she was promoted to a leadership position in the Dean’s Office, leading the Office of Diversity and Inclusion, and became Associate Dean of Diversity and Inclusion in 2017. 

 

Dr. Jacobs’ research centers around the assessment of implicit bias and the development of practices to mitigate bias in medical students and faculty search and admissions committee members.  Dr. Jacobs’ Implicit Bias Research Group employs the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) with students and faculty, and has developed online and in person trainings to mitigate bias using Acceptance and Commitment Training.  She is currently collecting data to assess the impact of these trainings on students and faculty.  In the role of Associate Dean for Diversity and Inclusion, Dr. Jacobs oversees institutional diversity and inclusion efforts, including working with the Assistant Dean for Admissions, Outreach and Inclusion to increase the diversity of medical students, working with the Associate Dean of GME to increase the diversity of residents and fellows, and spearheading efforts to increase the diversity of faculty at UNR Med.  She is also responsible for the diversity curriculum for medical students and works with clerkship and residency directors to develop additional content related to diversity.  She partners with all department Chairs and Unit leaders to advance initiatives related to diversity and inclusion in all areas of UNR Med, and has worked with central leadership to make strategic recruitment of faculty one of the main components of UNR Med’s next Strategic Plan.  She is also working with the Office of Faculty to develop a leadership training program aimed at URM faculty in order to increase retention and advancement. 

MELISSA PIASECKI (UNR Med)

Melissa Piasecki, M.D. is Executive Associate Dean and Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine. As a senior member of the medical school leadership team, she co-founded an interdisciplinary cross campus partnership with Dr. Houmanfar in 2012 to advance the missions of the medical school through the application of Behavior Scientific principles. Dr. Piasecki received her M.D. from Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, Missouri. She completed psychiatry residency training at the University of Vermont and a Forensic Psychiatry Fellowship  at the University of Hawaii. Melissa is board certified in general psychiatry and forensic psychiatry. Her interests include forensic psychiatry, education, neurobiology of substance abuse disorders, and the science of behavior change.

 
 
Symposium #412
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in the Selection of Effective Reinforcers
Monday, May 31, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Noelle Brooke Neault (Simmons University)
Discussant: Noelle Brooke Neault (Simmons University)
CE Instructor: Noelle Brooke Neault, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individualized treatment based on sufficient pre-treatment assessment is a feature of high-quality behavior analytic (BA) service delivery. The identification of effective reinforcers is a fundamental aspect of treatment intended to improve the adaptive behavior of BA service recipients. Evaluation of client choice and preference is a necessary initial step toward designing effective, individualized treatment. Two applied studies are presented that highlight methods for customizing treatment based on the evaluation of client choice and preference for individuals with autism. In the first study, Badger and Huntington (2019) demonstrated a reduction in vocal stereotypy using matched stimulation with high-preference music (e.g. hip-hop). This non-contingent matched stimulation music intervention was designed following the evaluation of participant preference with a competing stimulus assessment for different types of music via an alternating treatment design. The results indicated a reduction of vocal stereotypy during leisure activity time in the participant’s classroom setting. The second study investigated the role that client choice plays in selecting interventions with social validity. Huntington and Schwartz (2018) conducted video preference assessments with three service recipients prior to treatment commencing. Subsequent reversal designs demonstrated a reduction in target behavior levels when treatments were informed by the results of video preference assessments. Practices for optimizing treatment outcomes based on creative assessment of client choice and preference are considered.

Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts

 

Reducing Vocal Stereotypy With Hip-Hop Music

MATTHEW BADGER (University of Washington)
Abstract:

This study explores the use of noncontingent access to various samples of music stimuli (from 3 distinct music classes) as a strategy to reduce the immediate engagement of vocal stereotypy for a child with autism spectrum disorder. The use of noncontingent access to high preference music (NCM) as matched stimulation to effectively reduce the occurrence of vocal stereotypy has been demonstrated across multiple studies in behavior analytic research. This study examined the effect of this strategy on the levels of vocal stereotypy during unstructured free time in an attempt to enable greater access to socialization opportunities and reinforcement in the one participant’s natural environment. Results from an alternating treatments design comparing 3 distinct music treatment conditions (two neutral conditions and one high-preference condition) during unstructured leisure time showed a decrease in immediate levels of behavior across all conditions, with high-preference music emerging as the most effective treatment in reducing behavior in experimental and generalized settings. Implications for future research applying noncontingent access to music to skill acquisition and social engagement opportunities are discussed.

 

Video Preference Assessment to Evaluate Client Treatment Acceptability

SHELLY HUNTINGTON (University of Hawaii)
Abstract:

Social validity, in applied behavior analysis (ABA) refers to the acceptance and importance that behavioral treatment has for the consumers of the work. Most often, social validity is assessed by examining the opinions and feelings of indirect consumers such as caregivers, teachers, or those implementing intervention services. Typically, the opinions of the direct recipient of ABA services (i.e. individuals with disabilities that have varying degrees of communication, academic, and cognitive skills) are not assessed or considered. Behavioral assessments and interventions that are conducted, designed, and implemented without assessing acceptability on the part of the direct recipient can create both practical and ethical concerns that can hinder the success and long-term effects of intervention services. This study included three direct recipients in the assessment and selection of their own behavior interventions. Recipients were included in the descriptive assessment using the Student directed Functional Assessment Interview (SFAI; O’Neill et al., 2015). A video preference assessment was utilized to demonstrate the intervention options and allow the participants the opportunity to select their preferred procedure. The preferred interventions were then implemented and were successful at decreasing challenging behavior and increasing appropriate behavior for each of the three participants. Implications of these data for practice and future research are then discussed.

 
 
Symposium #413
CE Offered: BACB
From Research Methodology to Practice: Examples of Functional Analyses in Practice
Monday, May 31, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D.
Abstract: Methodological advancements of functional analysis procedures and variations have received significant attention over the last 35+ years; however, the demonstration of the systematic application of these advancements in practice is under served. The purpose of this symposium is to provide a systematic demonstration of the application of two variations of functional analysis methodology. The first paper, will discuss the application of the Low Rate Functional Analysis with one a client to assess and treat their self-injurious behavior. The second paper, will discuss the application of functional analyses within a Telehealth Service Delivery Model for two clients as a mean of assessing and treating their severe challenging behavior. Finally, our discussant will speak to the necessity of systematically demonstrating the practice of functional analysis methodology within real life situations (e.g., non-clinic based application from practitioners and during a pandemic).
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, Telehealth
Target Audience: Intermediate Prerequisite: knowledge of functional analysis methodology
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Modify and apply the Low Rate Functional Analysis methodology to meet client specific needs to conduct an appropriate assessment and utilize the information to develop a function based intervention. 2) Describe the appropriate steps, strengths, limitations, and provide solutions for barriers related to conducting FA via telehelath. 3) Modify various functional analysis methodology to appropriate meet the needs of their clients while simultaneously systematic evaluating functional analysis methodologies.
 

Effects of Sequence Variation on Low-Rate Functional Analysis

RICHARD COLOMBO (CABA), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Low-rate functional analysis (FA) has a wide range of utility in the applied setting. When problem behavior rarely occurs, low-rate FA is useful. In other scenarios, it might be beneficial to use the procedures identified in low-rate FAs if problem behavior already poses a health and safety risk—removing the needed to evoke behavior further. The current presentation poses data on a low-rate FA across two condition sequences. When the participant showed self-injurious behavior, she was exposed to sequence one (control, attention, ignore) for the first and fourth phases of the study and sequence two (ignore, attention, control) for the second and third phases. Sequence one showed no differentiation among conditions while sequence two showed clear divergence from the control condition, indicating an automatic function. The intervention used the sequence identified in the FA to reduce the frequency of the self-injurious episodes. Keywords: low-rate functional analysis, sequence, automatically maintained, self-injury

 

Functional Analyses Conducted via Telehealth With Caregivers as Implementers

JESSLYN N. FARROS (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA)), David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Conducting efficient and accurate assessments is important especially given the situation with COVID-19, which has limited access to in-person comprehensive services. Identifying maintaining variables and developing effective treatment is of the utmost importance. Given the constraints, conducting those assessment across varying modalities is sometimes necessary, but accuracy is still important. Telehealth has significantly increased in the last few months and conducting effective Functional Analyses (FA) are critical. However, there are other situations in which telehealth FAs would be beneficial to assessment of problem behaviors. Such as remote locations, time constraints, and other environmental factors that may prevent assessors from entering the home. The following FAs were conducted via telehealth. The first FA was conducted using the parent as therapist, and the second was conducted using in-home staff as the implementors due to COVID-19 and the shelter-in-place. The succeeding discussion section evaluates the outcomes of both FAs, and suggests future directions concerning their implementation during pandemic altered environments. Keywords: functional analyses, telehealth, parent-led, parent training

 
 
Panel #414
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Innovations in Systems and Tools to Promote Quality Telehealth Services
Monday, May 31, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Hanna C. Rue, Ph.D.
Chair: Hanna C. Rue (LEARN Behavioral)
ADAM DELINE HAHS (Arizona State University)
SUMMER ADAMI (Blue Sprig Pediatrics, Inc)
DENNIS DIXON (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Videoconferencing platforms became a common means of delivering applied behavior analytic (ABA) services to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in the spring of 2020 as a result of COVID-19 restrictions. As there were limited empirical studies to guide remote ABA practice, behavior analysts sought to meet patient’s needs while adhering to ethical guidelines and funder regulations. Several factors impact the decision to provide ABA via a videoconference platform. For instance, clinicians must evaluate patient goals, caregiver capacity, materials needed, and technological capacity. There are also considerations for how to conduct remote supervision and collect integrity and reliability data. The objective of the current panel is to provide insight into the development of systems and tools that support clinical teams providing remote ABA services within their scope of competence. Each panelist represents a large multistate agency challenged with ensuring quality care across age ranges and service delivery models. Panelists will discuss the role of collaboration and information sharing that impacted clinical decision making.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Audience members should be familiar with provision of supervision to patients and treatment integrity measures, as these practices will be discussed specifically in regards to providing telehealth services.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify components to consider before providing services via telehealth for a patient. (2) Identify at least two strategies for collecting treatment integrity data. (3) Identify at least two considerations in maintaining appropriate scope of competence in the telehealth services provided by BCBAs and their supervisees.
Keyword(s): competence scope, remote supervision, telehealth, treatment integrity
 
 
Panel #415
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Creating Systemic Change in Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 31, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Shawn Capell, M.A.
Chair: Shawn Capell (Covenant 15:16 LLC )
VICTORYA JEWETT (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
HELLEN A. ADEDIPE (The Reason for HOPE)
ELIZABETH HUGHES FONG (Pepperdine University)
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis is no stranger to systematic evaluation and program modification. As behavior analysts, we are responsible for providing equitable, fair, and culturally informed services. However, despite the prevalence of autism existing independent of race, people of color are more likely to be misdiagnosed and experience delayed access to treatment when compared to their white peers. The panelists will address how our field must engage in self-evaluation to promote competent service delivery and equitable access to intervention. In a solutions-focused conversation, the panelists will explore actions individuals, organizational leaders, higher education, and our science can take to recreate systems and ensure accountability for change in the practice of ABA in the United States.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: practitioners, RBT's, technicians, university instructors
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify areas of inequity within autism service delivery and/or ABA 2. Learn how our field must engage in self-evaluation to promote competent service delivery and equitable access to intervention. 3. Learn about actions individuals, organizational leaders, higher education, and our science can take to recreate systems and ensure accountability for change in the practice of ABA in the United States.
 
 
Symposium #416
CE Offered: BACB
The Power of Telehealth for Continuing ABA-Based Interventions: An Indian Organization’s Responseto COVID-19
Monday, May 31, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Over 200 nations around the world have been affected by the coronavirus Covid-19. At the beginning of November 2020, the number of cases was 510 Mn with 1.2 Mn deaths ('Coronavirus update Live: 24,963,515 cases and 842,336 COVID-19 virus pandemic deaths, 2020). There are over 990 million students affected by school closures in over 130 countries at the time of this submission (Https:/plus.google.com/+UNESCO, 2020). India with a population of 1.3 billion is the second most populous nation in the world with approximately 4 Mn children with special needs. The Covid crisis presented a new challenge for service delivery. This two-paper symposium presents an Indian organization’s transition of its interventions for 89 children with autism and learning disabilities. The first paper presents the decision-making model on logistics, equipment determination, service delivery, data collection and adaption of organizational systems. The collaborative effort between therapists behavior supervisors, a clinical director, and parents for efficient and ethical services. The second paper presents quantitative data on the improvements in duration of sessions and the number of skills mastered by the cohort of 89 students, month wise over the 6 months period. The effects of Behavior Skills Training for parents are also presented. The findings on efficacy, social validity, enablers, and barriers to effective implementation of interventions using Telehealth are discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCaBA, BCBA, Service providers, International participants from developing countries

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: (1) Learn a decision making model for Tele-Health in the absence of high end technology (2) Plan for the provision of Tele-Health on smart phone (3) Conduct outreach programs for services in developing countries while utilizing resources most effectively
 

Telehealth With Smartphones: A Discussion on the India Experience During COVID-19 Pandemic

Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), RAZIA ALI (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India), Bhavana Joshi (Behavior Momentum India), Rajeshwari K (Behavior Momentum India), Sreemon E M (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

The first case of Covid-19 in India was identified on January 30, 2020, the day on which the World Health Organization declared a public health emergency. On March 16, 2020, the government of India ordered closure of all educational institutions in India for a fortnight. On March 24, 2020, the government declared a nationwide lockdown with shelter-in-place orders. The in-clinic services that children with learning disabilities received in special education centers and centers providing ABA based interventions was abruptly halted. This study details how our organization in India collaborated with parents of children with autism and transitioned services from in-clinic to telehealth and scaled up to transition services to more than 80 students within two weeks. This discussion paper details the decision-making model to transition the services, adapted staff training and supervision model, and the actual teaching procedures with video examples of how teaching different skills was accomplished in video meetings using only smartphones in 85% of the sessions.

 
The Efficacy of Telehealth in Delivering ABA Interventions: A Test-Retest Design Study With 89 Children on the Autism Spectrum
Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), SHUSHMITA K.S (Behavior Momentum India), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

An organization in India had to transition its services from in-clinic to Telehealth when a lock down was implemented in March 2020 in the face of the Covid-19 pandemic. Eighty-nine students with diagnoses of autism or other learning disabilities participated in this study. Fifty-one therapists, 9 behavior supervisors and a Doctoral level Board Certified Behavior Analyst collaborated with parents. Devices such as smartphones, and in a few cases, iPads and laptops were used by both student and therapist. The modes of instruction included direct therapist training, parent facilitated training and parent implemented training. The efficacy of intervention can be estimated by increased duration of session time and number of trials during six months of study for the cohort of 89 students. Acquisition of targets during and pre-Covid are discussed. Response from 32 parents through an online survey suggested high parent satisfaction, improved understanding of behavior analytic services, importance of data taking, role of supervision by BCBA confirming social validity of the methods and the outcomes. The model can be useful for providing services in rural or remote areas with low concentration of behavioral intervention service providers.

 
 
Symposium #417
CE Offered: BACB
Promoting Implementation of Behavioral Strategies in Diverse Contexts Through Contextual Fit
Monday, May 31, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Natalie Badgett (Supporting Transformative Autism Research Initiative; University of Virginia)
Discussant: Katherine Bateman (University of Washington)
CE Instructor: Natalie Badgett, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Despite longstanding research supporting the effectiveness of applied behavior analysis, the field continues to struggle with dissemination of related evidence-based strategies to diverse applied settings. One barrier to widespread implementation of applied behavior analysis in non-clinical settings is the issue of contextual fit. Simply put, sustainable implementation of behavioral strategies is more likely to occur when the interventions are contextually relevant. In this symposium the issue of contextual relevance, or contextual fit, is presented as an essential feature of promoting implementation and dissemination of assessment and intervention strategies based in applied behavior analysis. First, we will present a research-based case for the use of mixed methods behavioral research as a strategy to promote implementation. Then, we will present an analysis of family systems and behavioral systems analysis for supporting the incorporation of client values and context in implementation. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed and connected to existing and ongoing research occurring within applied behavior analysis and related fields.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Contextual Fit, Implementation
Target Audience:

The target audience will have a basic understanding of behavior analysis and experience using single case research designs in research or practice.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how qualitative methods can be used to enhance single case research findings in research and practice; (2) identify factors for sustainable implementation of behavioral strategies related to contextual fit; (3) describe how tools and approaches from family systems, behavioral systems analysis, and applied behavior analysis can be combined to support practitioners in the identification and incorporation of client values and context for intervention.
 
Using Mixed Methods Research to Promote the Implementation of Behavioral Intervention
(Service Delivery)
NATALIE BADGETT (Supporting Transformative Autism Research Initiative; University of Virginia), Rachelle Huntington (University of Hawaii)
Abstract: Assessment and intervention strategies based in applied behavior analysis have substantial research supporting their effectiveness with diverse populations in applied and clinical contexts. Behavioral strategies are well-represented among established evidence-based practices in related fields such as psychology and education. Additionally, research by behavior analysts and related experts has demonstrated that non-behavioral practitioners can implement many behavioral strategies with fidelity when trained sufficiently. However, despite the wealth of existing literature establishing the utility and effectiveness of these strategies, there remains a critical research to practice gap that is evident in the ongoing dissemination crisis facing behavior analysts. Engaging in mixed methods research, in which single case research findings are enhanced by qualitative methods, presents a possible avenue for promoting the implementation of evidence-based behavior analytic interventions in diverse contexts. This presentation will include a rationale for the inclusion of qualitative methods in behavioral research and practice, case examples of mixed methods behavioral research, and implications of findings of mixed methods research for implementation of behavioral strategies in diverse applied settings.
 
Developing Evidence-Based Practice: Ways and Means for Raising Client Values and Context
(Service Delivery)
BRIAN JAMES FEENEY (University of Nevada, Reno), Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Evidence-based practice (EBP) of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is the combination of (a) the best available evidence with (b) professional judgement and clinical expertise and (c) client values and context (Slocum et al., 2014). EBP of ABA is a flexible decision-making framework that allows practicing behavior analysts to solve virtually any clinical problem. Of the three components of EBP, best available evidence benefits from having a large literature base to guide practitioners, whereas the other two components, professional judgement/clinical expertise and client values and context, are much less understood and warrant further exploration and refinement. This presentation will explore the client values and context component of EBP of ABA. By looking at resources both within the field of ABA and from other helping-professions, we will present a model for assessing and addressing client values and context. Specifically, we will evaluate and combine tools and approaches from Family Systems, Behavioral Systems Analysis and ABA in an effort to better support practitioners in their identification and incorporation of client values and context within the broader framework of EBP.
 
 
Panel #418
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Opportunities and Issues in Practitioner Publication
Monday, May 31, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Donald A. Hantula, Ph.D.
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University)
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University)
PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Many ABA practitioners are interested in participating in the publication process but are not sure how to do so. This panel is both a brief review of the ABAI publication process and a listening session with the ABAI publication and practice board to identify practitioner opportunities and needs in publication.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

ABA practitioners who are interested in becoming involved in the publication process as an author, reviewer, or both. Minimally this would be someone at the MA / BCBA level but we also anticipate many in the audience will hold a doctoral degree.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the ethical issues involved with publishing as a practitioner and the ethical issues involved in the peer review process. (2) Identify the most appropriate publication outlet for their practice-based manuscripts. (3) Describe the academic publication process in ABAI journals and in other outlets.
Keyword(s): authorship, journals, peer review, publication,
 
 
Symposium #419
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Behavior Analysis in Higher Education
Monday, May 31, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tatiyanna Dunn (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Spencer Gauert (University of Dayton)
CE Instructor: Spencer Gauert, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Maximizing student learning outcomes is a goal at every level of instruction. For undergraduate and graduate students in behavior analysis, the stakes may be even higher given the clinical implications and leadership roles BCaBAs and BCBAs take on immediately following graduation. A growing number of behavior analytic training programs are design as fully online or hybrid learning models. Although a plethora of research in higher education has been conducted in traditional settings, online learning is a recent and developing modality of instruction. It is critical to identify evidence-based approaches to instruction in online learning environments. The two studies presented here work towards developing strategies to analyze student behavior and modify behavior associated with academic performance and curriculum evaluations. The first study evaluated the effects of a group contingencies on student engagement with academic content. The second study, a follow-up to 2019’s “an application of discounting on academic procrastination”, reviews further analyses of student behavior related to procrastination. Both studies include social validity measures from the perspectives of students and instructions. Together, these studies expand the scope of effective instructional strategies in online classrooms and provide some examples of analyzing student behavior beyond the grade point average.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Group contingencies, Higher education, Online learning, Procrastination
Target Audience:

Instructors in higher education and/or supervisors of clinicians; especially supervisors conducting group supervisions.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the use of group contingencies in online higher education settings.; (2) explore novel measurement methods that facilitate evaluation of student behavior in online settings ; (3) discuss procrastination from a behavior analytic perspective.
 
The Effects of Group Contingencies in Online Graduate Courses
TIANA EVANS (University of South Florida), Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida), Rachel García (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Enrollment in online courses have increase sharply over the past decade. There are undeniable differences between online and in-person programs, one of them potentially being student participation and engagement. Group contingencies have been found to be effective interventions to increase academic participation with children and adolescents. However, there is limited research on the use of group contingencies in higher education and no research on group contingencies have been conducted with students in online higher education settings. The present study aimed to increase student engagement with course content and peers. Additionally, further analyses were conducted related to academic performance. Lastly, social validity of the intervention was assessed for both students and instructors involved with the intervention.
 
Further Analysis of Academic Procrastination in Higher Education
ANTHONY CONCEPCION (University of South Florida), Rachel García (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract: An overwhelming majority of students in higher education engage in procrastination related to academic tasks. Academic procrastination has been correlated with a plethora of physical and mental health concerns commonly afflicting college students. Additionally, previous studies have reported as high as 95% of students are adversely affected by academic procrastination. We previously reported findings suggesting these concerns may be evermore relevant to online learning environments and we assessed a delay discounting framework that facilitated assessment of student procrastination. The current study provides additional analyses and insights related to assessment and interventions for academic procrastination and includes social validity measures from students and instructors who participated in our previous and current research.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #421
CE Offered: BACB
Professional Competency: You May Have It Now, But Can You Keep It?
Monday, May 31, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Edward Daly, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Presenting Authors: : EDWARD DALY (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Abstract:

This presentation will examine what the sciences of expertise and professional judgment have to teach behavior analysts about cultivating, maintaining, and expanding professional competencies following training. The topic will be presented in the context of the field’s ethical standards with respect to (a) relying on scientific knowledge, (b) respecting the boundaries of competence, and (c) maintaining and continuously improving professional competence in the complex environments in which we work. This complexity makes our work environments highly conducive to judgment errors that compromise our ability to assure that our clients receive the best-possible treatment. But, the greatest potential source of error lies within the professional who assumes that prior training and experience assures competence. Although the research on professional expertise and judgment has largely been carried on outside the field, our very own principles of behavior and professional practice can be useful to us if we apply them to ourselves properly in managing our professional behavior. The implications for practice of the sciences of professional expertise and professional judgment will be examined in terms of how we behavior analysts can self-manage our professional behavior to assure that we are doing everything within our power to address the needs of our clients.

Target Audience:

All behavior analysts.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss what the science of expertise has revealed about how professionals grow and flourish or fail to grow in their competencies over time in their careers; (2) discuss practitioner sources of error in judgment and decision making and how they potentially harm our clients; (3) review how to self-manage their professional behavior to minimize judgment errors and grow in their competencies through the systematic application of principles of behavior.
 
EDWARD DALY (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Edward J. Daly III, BCBA-D, conducts research on functional assessment methods and school-based consultation. He has co-authored numerous chapters and journal articles on this topic. Dr. Daly is Professor of Educational Psychology at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln, where he teaches course work in Applied Behavior Analysis, school-based interventions, and single-case experimental designs.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #422
CE Offered: BACB
The Use of Endophenotypes to Further Our Understanding of Psychiatric Genetics
Monday, May 31, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
CE Instructor: Suzanne H. Mitchell, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SANDRA SANCHEZ-ROIGE (University of California, San Diego; Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
Abstract:

For years, the field of psychiatric genetics has focused on disease diagnoses; however, “our genes don’t seem to have read the DSM.”Instead, we have been encouraged to study basic dimensions of functioning (aka Research Domain Criteria, intermediate phenotypes or endophenotypes) using non-disease phenotypes in large population-based cohorts. Using this approach, we have now piled on hundreds of novel genetic loci associated with multiple complex phenotypes, which have been further utilized to elucidate the genetic basis of psychiatric diseases. The purpose of this talk is to review the use of non-disease phenotypes to elucidate and decompose psychiatric diseases. Impulsivity, which has been defined as “actions which are poorly conceived, prematurely expressed, unduly risky or inappropriate to the situation, and that often result is undesirable consequences” (Daruna and Barnes 1993) is an endophenotype for a constellation of psychiatric diseases, including ADHD and substance use disorders (SUD). Dr. Sanchez-Roigewill present a series of studies to dissect the genetics of several forms of impulsive personality traits. This work will reveal strong genetic correlations between multiple measures of impulsivity and risk tolerance, and both ADHD and smoking and other SUD-related traits. Another examples of success come from the genetics of other non-disease phenotypes, namely the Alcohol Use Disorder Identification Test, as proxies for alcohol use disorders. Dr. Sanchez-Roige will present a multivariate genome-wide association study of AUDIT phenotypes. This approach will uncover novel genetic effects which might have been obscured in traditional GWAS. This work will also demonstrate how a non-clinical phenotype, such as AUDIT, which has demonstrated to share a common genetic basis with alcohol use disorders but can be measured in much larger sample sizes, could serve as a complementary alternative to traditional ascertainment strategies for genetic studies. Lastly, Dr. Sanchez-Roige will close the talk by presenting a novel strategy to examine the multivariate genetic architecture of complex traits and diseases from the Externalizing Consortium – a collaborative effort that capitalizes on several large-scale GWAS with the goals of (a) estimating genetic correlations across externalizing phenotypes, which are associated with a constellation of co-morbid disorders and behaviors that are characterized by deficits in impulsive action, (b) identifying genes involved in a shared underlying liability to externalizing psychopathology versus genes that are unique to specific outcomes, and (c) increasing the predictive ability of polygenic scores for externalizing phenotypes and psychiatric, health and social outcomes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Members interested in the biology (genetics, neuroscience, behavior) of psychiatric disorders, particularly substance use disorders, and related phenotypes, such as impulsivity.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss how population-based cohorts like 23andMe and UKB have revolutionized our understanding of complex traits; (2) describe how the use of sophisticated phenotypes like the Alcohol Use Disorder Identification Test can dissect aspects of drug use and misuse and can be inexpensively measured in large cohorts; (3) describe the use of intermediate phenotypes to enable translational research.
 
SANDRA SANCHEZ-ROIGE (University of California, San Diego; Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
My work is focused on understanding causal factors contributing to drug addiction and diseases characterized by high levels of impulsivity. In the past, I used behavioral and pharmacological experiments and molecular analysis to address this question, with special emphasis on translational validity to human studies. I identified that high impulsivity was both a cause and a consequence of human and mouse alcohol binge drinking. My current research focuses on the quantitative analysis of complex traits in humans, and translating some of our research findings in mouse and rat models. In particular, I have identified genes in humans that are associated with impulsivity and I am now producing mutant mice to dissect the molecular events associated with high impulsivity. In parallel, my newly formed laboratory uses genetic tools to unravel the biology of substance use disorders and comorbid psychopathology. I use big data and high-throughput phenotyping to identify individuals with substance use disorders phenotyped by using electronic health records, leveraging access to one of the largest biobanks in the US, BioVU. The ultimate goal of future work is to study the etiology of a range of psychiatric disorders characterized to varying degrees by excessive impulsive behavior, including drug addiction and ADHD.
 
 
Symposium #423
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Graphing: A Discussion of the Past and Present With Suggestions for the Future
Monday, May 31, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kelsey Dachman (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Kelsey Dachman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Graphing and visual analysis are essential to research and practice within applied behavioral science. Research investigating behavioral approaches to teaching graphing were first initiated in the late 1990s, however more recently there has been increased interest in and publication of such work. The presentations comprising this symposium will (a) provide a systematic review of the behavioral literature examining methods of, as well as tutorials for, teaching graphing across various platforms, (b) put forth data documenting the effectiveness and efficiency of enhanced written instructions for teaching graphing, and (c) show further data supporting the use of enhanced written instructions for teaching graphing, as well as advocating for the integration of choice methodology within research on and tutorials for teaching graphing. Suggested future directions for advancing research and practice related to teaching graphing will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Prerequisites include familiarity with behavior analytic terminology and single-case research design methodology.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize the literature on teaching graphing of single-case research designs; (2) describe methods for using enhanced written instructions to teach graphing; and (3) discuss future directions for research on teaching graphing.
 
A Systematic Review of the Literature on Teaching Graphing: Trends and Their Implications
(Theory)
MARCELLA HANGEN (Drake University), REBECCA WOOLBERT (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Since the start of behavior analysis, graphing has been a core feature of the field. While data ultimately guide research and treatment interventions, a subsequent graphical display allows for easy interpretation of data. Analysis of graphical display is imperative for determining functional relations and understanding behavioral processes. The purpose of this systematic review was to identify literature within the field of behavior analysis pertaining to teaching graphing, including both training materials and experimental research. The review documented important trends across publications and years, such as (a) the recent increasing trend in the publication of studies on teaching graphing, (b) the observation that graphing is successfully taught using a variety of procedures across various graphing platforms, and (c) to date, emphasis has been placed on teaching publication-quality graphs to individuals within academia. A summary and synthesis of published teaching materials and experimental studies on teaching individuals to graph will be presented in graphical form and discussed in the context of future directions for research and practice.
 
Real-Time Data to Evaluate Enhanced Written Instructions for Creating Publication-Quality Single-Case Design Graphs in Excel
(Applied Research)
KELSEY DACHMAN (University of Kansas), ALEC M BERNSTEIN (Marcus Autism Center, Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta; Department of Pediatrics, Emory University School of Medicine), Ashley Romero (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Graphically depicting single-subject data is foundational in the science of behavior. Although there are several tutorials for graphing, especially in the ubiquitous Microsoft Excel, few have been empirically validated. Studies providing data supporting the effects of graphing tutorials often measure graphing accuracy as a permanent product. With several ways to create graphs in Excel, permanent product recording is limited in that one cannot identify if the participant followed the tutorial steps as written, and, thus, the true validity of the tutorial is still in question. Furthermore, few studies have reported assessment of maintenance and generalization. We first sought to consolidate the existing literature on graphing in Excel by creating enhanced written instructions (EWI). We then compared graphing accuracy as a permanent product and in real-time for seven participants within a multiple baseline design to validate the EWI directly. Additionally, due to COVID-19, we were able to assess the effects of the EWI presented in-vivo and virtually. Overall, EWI resulted in immediate, robust effects, which maintained and generalized across presentation formats. We discuss results relative to measurement procedures for validating staff trainings and the effectiveness of EWI for training graphing in-vivo and virtually.
 

Teaching Graphing Using Enhanced Written Instructions: Does Chunk Size Matter?

(Applied Research)
ASHLEY ROMERO (University of Kansas), REBECCA WOOLBERT (University of Kansas), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Graphing is an important feature of the field of applied behavior analysis, not only as a job responsibility of behavioral professionals, but as a visual analysis tool as well. While graphing can be taught using various methods, perhaps self-training methods could prove both effective and efficient due to the self-guided nature of the methods. One effective self-training method for graphing is enhanced written instruction (EWI). While the literature has demonstrated EWI’s effectiveness when training graphing, specific presentations of EWI have not been evaluated. To address this gap in the literature, we compared accuracy of and duration to graph completion of chunked presentations of EWI, and evaluated preference for the two different chunked presentations, using concurrent chains schedules embedded within a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across five students with various degrees of graphing history. Both chunked presentations were found to be effective, with most participants clearly preferring one presentation over the other. These results will be discussed in the context of next steps for research and practice related to teaching graphing.

 
 
Symposium #424
CE Offered: BACB
Efficient Training in Human Service Settings: Online Hybrid, Telehealth, and Workshop Training
Monday, May 31, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kendra Guinness (Regis College)
CE Instructor: Kendra Guinness, M.S.
Abstract:

The practice of behavior analysis involves many complex skills at every level of service delivery, from assessing client behavior, to training direct care staff, to mentoring graduate students. Behavioral instruction strategies such as mastery learning, feedback, and behavioral skills training (BST) are well established methods for teaching complex skills to adult learners. However, constraints on time, cost, and location are common barriers to effective training, which may ultimately result in limited access to services for clients. This symposium presents three studies evaluating the effects of training programs with an emphasis on efficient delivery. First, Samantha LaPointe presents on an online hybrid training program for teaching FA skills to behavior therapists not pursuing certification as board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs), including an analysis of the time and cost of implementation. Next, Ryan Atkinson presents an evaluation of different types of feedback through a telehealth model, where feedback timing and content were compared to determine the fewest sessions to mastery. Lastly, Allison Bowhers presents on a workshop BST program for increasing mentoring skills with BCBA supervisors. Interobserver agreement, procedural integrity, and social validity are discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, feedback, online training
Target Audience:

BCaBAs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, attendees will be able to (1) describe the utility of an online hybrid training for teaching FA skills, (2) identify the effects of temporal placement and content of feedback on skill acquisition via a telehealth model, and (3) describe the effects of workshop BST on the mentoring skills of BCBA supervisors.
 
An Evaluation of an Online Hybrid Training Program: Functional Analysis Skills
SAMANTHA R LAPOINTE (Aspire Learning Center & Simmons College), Philip N. Chase (Simmons University)
Abstract: The current study examined the effectiveness of a hybrid training program to teach functional analysis skills related to single-function test analyses (Iwata & Dozier, 2008). Skills taught included speaking about the analysis in non-technical and technical terms and conducting the analysis. Participants were three behavior therapists who were not pursuing certification by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and worked in a human service setting with children diagnosed with autism. Performance of therapists was examined within a multiple probe across behaviors experimental design. Training was conducted for a functional analysis that tested for an attention contingency and extension probes were conducted for a tangible contingency. Results showed that measurement probes of target skills did not meet a 90% criterion on the attention contingency until after training was received. All three participants were able to conduct the functional analysis when extended to a tangible contingency and from a simulated session to an in-vivo session with a client. Extension and maintenance of speaking skills was variable across participants. All participants met mastery of speaking skills following initial training, however, some participants required feedback sessions to maintain skills during repeated post-training probes.
 
Behavioral Mechanisms of Feedback: Effects on Temporal Placement and Content on Implementing Functional Analyses
Kendra Guinness (Regis College), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College), RYAN ATKINSON (Regis College)
Abstract: Implementing a functional analysis is a critical but complex skill involved in the practice of behavior analysis, and feedback is a commonly used strategy for teaching complex skills. Aspects of feedback can vary along several dimensions that may impact its effectiveness, including whether the feedback is positive, corrective, specific or general, and whether the feedback is provided immediately or delayed (Alvero et al., 2001). In addition, given the increased need for remote training, further examining the effectiveness of feedback via a telehealth modality may be useful for the field. The current study evaluated the effects of varying elements of feedback delivery in a telehealth model on the acquisition of functional analysis implementation skills with future board-certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) via an adapted alternating treatments design. For one participant, delivering positive feedback after responding and corrective feedback before the next opportunity to respond resulted in the most rapid acquisition, closely followed by all feedback provided before the next opportunity to respond. The mechanisms responsible for behavior change and implications for training are discussed.
 

Toward an Evidence-Based Supervision Model of Independent Fieldwork

ALLISON BOWHERS (Simmons College), Philip N. Chase (Simmons University), Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
Abstract:

Two supervisor training conditions were compared to improve setting goals, providing feedback, prompting, and adhering to supervision policies with trainees. Baseline combined a lecture that reviewed each skill and a purported contingency of reinforcement. Only adherence to supervision policies improved during baseline in Experiment 1. Three workshops using behavioral skills training (BST) were provided. Each targeted skill improved, but booster sessions were required to meet mastery criteria. During maintenance probes, supervisors demonstrated variable levels of skills, but maintained adherence to supervision policies. In Experiment 2, the baseline condition resulted in adherence to supervision policies. The feedback workshop was modified and all skills improved without booster sessions. The one supervisor tested for maintenance completed all skills at 100% accuracy. Both experiments demonstrated a moderate positive correlation between improvement in supervisor and trainee performance. In social validity questionnaires, supervisors and trainees reported positive experiences in the supervision system and trainings.

 
 
Symposium #440
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Language and Culture Matter: Considerations for Service Delivery and Treatment Planning for the Spanish-Speaking Community
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mariela Hostetler (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Marlesha Bell (University of the Pacific)
CE Instructor: Mariela Hostetler, M.S.
Abstract:

First, Karla Zabala will present on research related to assessing language preference among individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) or other developmental disorders who have been exposed to more than one language. The research study consisted of two parts: Study 1 evaluated language preference during play contexts and Study 2 evaluated language preference within instructional contexts. Next, Mariela Hostetler will provide a description of challenges faced by Latinx communities in need of behavioral health services. In particular, two general types of barriers faced by Latinx consumers of behavioral health services are discussed: those related to language and those related to cultural issues. Then, Marlesha Bell will provide a discussion on future research in areas to consider when providing services and treatment to Spanish speaking communities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Diversity, Language Preference, Service Delivery, Spanish
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: 1: Ability to identify language preferences using concurrent operant and concurrent chains assessments 2: Consider strategies for promoting diversity in an organizational setting 3: Ability to identify the ethical responsibilities behavior analysts have to provide services to Latinx consumers
 
Diversity submission 

The Importance of Diversity and Cultural Competency of Behavior Analysts in Service Delivery to the Latinx Population

(Service Delivery)
MARIELA HOSTETLER (University of Nevada, Reno), Ashley Eden Greenwald (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Latinxs constitute the largest minority group in the United States, currently making up approximately 18% of the total US population (US Census Bureau, 2018). While there is a critical need for the behavioral healthcare system, including behavior analysts, to be prepared and organized to support the Latinx community, research indicates that the quality of and access to behavioral and mental health services are often lacking for Latinxs and other minorities (Cabassa, Molina, & Baron, 2012; Dahne et al., 2019). This presentation provides a description of challenges faced by Latinx communities in need of behavioral health services. In particular, two general types of barriers faced by Latinx consumers of behavioral health services are examined: those related to language and those related to cultural issues. They also represent substantial challenges to behavior analytic providers who have a responsibility to make behavior analytic services accessible to all. Specific recommendations such as behavioral organizations and universities contributing to increase diversity among behavior analysts are discussed. Future research and the development of culturally sensitive treatments are further discussed.

 
Diversity submission 

The Effects of Language Preference Among Bilingual Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder or Other Developmental Disorders

(Applied Research)
KARLA ZABALA (University of Georgia), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College), Lauren Best (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that individuals with ASD who have been exposed to more than one language do not experience any additional language delays compared to their monolingual peers (Hambly and Fombonne, 2011). In addition, research has not noted any indication of negative outcomes associated with language abilities among bilingual/multilingual children with ASD (Drysdale et al., 2015). The majority of the research surrounding bilingual or multilingual individuals diagnosed with autism or other developmental disabilities has focused on conducting communication assessments to assess participants’ psychometric performance. Research related to language preferences exhibited by these individuals is scarce. The purpose of the current study was to assess language preference among individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) or other developmental disorders who have been exposed to more than one language. The research study consisted of two parts: Study 1 evaluated language preference during play contexts and Study 2 evaluated language preference within instructional contexts.

 
 
Symposium #441
CE Offered: BACB
Building Rapport From a Behavior Analytic Perspective
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sarah Conklin (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Lusineh Gharapetian (Pepperdine University)
CE Instructor: Sarah Conklin, M.S.
Abstract:

Building rapport both with clients and caregivers is cogent to effective service delivery in applied behavior analysis. Although most would identify that building rapport is important, what rapport is and how it is established has not received a lot of focus in behavior analytic training. The purpose of this symposium is to provide a conceptual analysis of specific active listening skills that when applied help build rapport with both clients and caregivers. More specifically, a model based upon Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior that demonstrates the use of active listening skills in building rapport will be provided. For some clients, there are pre-requisites that must be systematically addressed prior to being able to build rapport. One such study will be presented where in escape extinction and desensitization was utilized prior to building rapport with a client. Finally, our discussant will provide insightful comments related to building rapport from a behavior analytic perspective and comment on the two aforementioned papers.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): building rapport, desensitization, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Discuss Skinner's verbal operants as they pertain to building rapport utilizing active listening skills 2) Discuss the importance of rapport building from a behavior analytic perspective 3) Discuss how to utilize escape extinction and desensitization prior to developing rapport with clients
 
Implications of Counseling Skills in the Practice of Applied Behavior Analysis
(Theory)
SARAH CONKLIN (California State University, Los Angeles), Lusineh Gharapetian (Pepperdine University), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Building and maintaining rapport throughout service delivery is vital to the client and consultant relationship. However, most behavior analysts are not trained in specific skills geared towards doing this. An active listening model utilizing both verbal and non-verbal behavior is outlined; comprising of encouragers, paraphrasing, and summarizing. Specifically, a model is presented on how to incorporate these active listening skills in the practice of service delivery. Moreover, special emphasis on using the model in a telehealth service delivery modality is discussed. In addition, a conceptual analysis of the active listening skills based upon Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior is provided. Finally, cultural implications are discussed, as well as, avenues for future research.
 

Becoming the Piano: Escape Extinction and Desensitization Before Building Rapport

(Applied Research)
DAVID LEGASPI (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Jesslyn N. Farros (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA)), Patricia Fonseca (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles and Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with autism may engage in severe target behavior to gain access to a form of escape (Harper, Iwata, & Camp 2013). Often, building rapport with these individuals may include an initial phase of desensitization to the clinical team before building in other programming (Szalwinski, Thomason-Sassi, Moore, & McConnell, 2019). The following experiment included four phases that ultimately resulted in increased exposure to a clinical team for an adult diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). This method included 4 steps, increasing the time at which a clinical team member observed the individual, decreasing break time in between observation periods, increasing observation interval from 5 to 40 minutes, and closing the proximity between a clinical member and individual. Data collected was collected across observation periods and followed a changing criterion design per each phase. Data suggests that as exposure increased, target behavior decelerated across method parameters thus far. The following paper’s purpose was to test a four-phase method of introducing escaped extinction and desensitization before building rapport. The results and potential impact will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #442
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing Specific Skill Deficits Using Elements of the PEAK Transformation Module
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica M Venegoni (Missouri State University )
Discussant: Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Autumn N. McKeel, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The PEAK Relational Training System provides a standardized approach to assessment and intervention of language and cognitive skills in children. Research on the whole curriculum has supported its use in increasing verbal operant performance (Dixon et al., 2015), derived relational responding (Dixon et al., in press), and intelligence test scores (Dixon et al., 2019). Although these broader outcomes are important, PEAK is also designed to target specific areas of skill deficit that are important academically and socially. The first presentation will evaluate a first application of the PEAK Transformation module to teach generalized mathematics concepts in young children. Results show that children were able to interact with mathematics concepts in multiple ways, established through direct training, derived responding, and transformations of stimulus function. The second presentation extends this approach to improve perspective taking by targeting deictic relational frames within the intervention. Results show an improvement in deictic relational responding and transformation of stimulus function. These results support the use of PEAK when addressing specific skills within a broader curricular context to improve language and intellectual functioning in children.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Math Concepts, PEAK, Perspective Taking, Relational Frames
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: (1) Identify the difference between specific and broad language learning targets; (2) Describe a strategy for teaching generalized math concepts; (3) Describe a strategy for teaching early perspective taking skills
 
Using PEAK-T to Promote Relational Responding as a Generalized Operant and Teach Math Concepts in Young Children
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Pittsburg State University)
Abstract: This talk explores the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) curriculum’s capability in establishing derived relational responding as a generalized operant in young children. Training established frames of coordination, comparison, and distinction using non – arbitrary and arbitrary stimuli while emergent untrained mutual and combinatorial mutually entailed responses were observed within and across stimulus sets. Stimuli varied along both non-arbitrary (identity matching number of items/written numbers, identifying non-matching numbers of items/written numbers, sequencing amounts, identifying more/less given visual frequencies) and arbitrary (tacting written numbers/quantities, identifying non-matching written/spoken number combinations, matching quantities to written/spoken numbers, identifying more/less written/spoken numbers, sequencing written/spoken numbers) numerical quantitative dimensions. Preliminary results reveal acquisition of coordinated framing within a stimulus set facilitates coordinated framing in other unrelated arbitrary stimulus sets. Mastery of coordinated framing appeared to promote the emergence of more complex frames including distinction and comparison suggesting a commonality among relational frame families. The findings highlight the ubiquity of relational responding and broad potential application to math concepts and other general curriculum.
 
Evaluating the Effectiveness of the PEAK-T Curriculum on Increasing Deictic Relational Responding Skills
AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Emergent Learning Academy), Karen Werkema (Aurora University)
Abstract: Training perspective taking skills has become a commonly investigated topic in behavioral literature. This is commonly done by training deictic relational responding which includes here-there, I-you, and now-then relations. A variety of methods have been used to teach these relations in recent years. This study evaluated the PEAK-T curriculum for training perspective taking skills to children with autism. Specifically, this study taught single-reversal there relations to three children ages four to sixteen. During pre-assessment, none of the participants displayed the ability to respond accurately to any reversed relations. Participants were trained, using the PEAK-T methods, to respond to single-reversal there relations and responding to single-reversal here relations was probed throughout. Following mastery of single-reversal there relations on the training set of stimuli, participants were tested for the transfer of stimulus functions to a novel set of stimuli. Participants demonstrated an immediate increase in percentage of correct responding on “there” relations and probes of “here” relations following implementation of training. Two participants were unable to demonstrate transfer of deictic relational responding skills during the transfer phase and a mixed training phase was implemented.
 
 
Panel #443
CE Offered: BACB
Maintaining Quality ABA Services During the Pandemic
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Francesca Degli Espinosa, Ph.D.
Chair: Kelle Wood Rich (Central Texas Autism Center)
TAMARA S. KASPER (The Center for Autism Treatment)
FRANCESCA DEGLI ESPINOSA (ABA Clinic)
MORGAN WELDON STOCKDALE (CTAC)
Abstract:

2020 has changed the way people live across the globe. The rapid spike in COVID-19 cases started to spread panic around the world. The effects cost the lives of people and spurred a major economic crisis. The unknown nature of the pandemic resulted in global stress. Lockdowns seemed the only way to keep people safe and forced families to face new challenges of working from home with the added responsibility of educating their children. For families with special needs, this proved even more challenging. The research is robust in the medical necessity of ABA therapy for individuals with Autism and other Developmental Disabilities. Therefore, Behavior Analysts had to quickly adapt to find ways to maintain quality ABA services safely. Clinics, families and therapists had to pivot quickly to telehealth, and restructuring their service delivery models to follow new safety protocols from the CDC and local/Federal government mandates. The aim of this panel is to discuss 1) The challenges faced during the lockdown, 2) The struggles Behavior Analysts and families with special needs faced, and 3) Share lessons learned from different parts of the US and Europe on how we successfully navigated through maintaining quality ABA services in a pandemic.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This presentation will require audience to have some knowledge of Telehealth ABA, BACB ethical guidelines, and disseminating quality ABA services to the individuals with special needs.

Learning Objectives: 1) The challenges faced during the lockdown, 2) The struggles Behavior Analysts and families with special needs faced, and 3) Share lessons learned from different parts of the US and Europe on how we successfully navigated through maintaining quality ABA services in a pandemic.
Keyword(s): ABA therapy, Pandemic, Safety protocol, Telehealth
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #444
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Exploring the Health Consequences of Cannabis in Animal Models
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Sally L. Huskinson, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MICHAEL TAFFE (UC San Diego Health)
Abstract:

The use of cannabis for medicinal and recreational purposes continues to expand as legal barriers are dismantled. This leads to a growing need to assess possible health consequences, including with a focus on specific cannabinoid compounds such as Δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD). Understanding of the effects of CBD by itself, and in combination with THC, are only recently being explored in well-controlled studies. This talk will discuss the effects of CBD and THC along, and in combination, in animal models. Most pre-clinical models of cannabinoid effects use parenteral injections of cannabinoids, while human use continues to be by inhalation via combusted plant material and, now, e-cigarette devices. Models of vapor inhalation in rats will be discussed with a focus on the differences compared with traditional injection routes of administration.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the scope of cannabis use; (2) explain the spectrum of health concerns resulting from cannabis; (3) compare the utility of several animal models of cannabis use; (4) analyze cannabis policy discussions in terms of scientific knowledge.
 
MICHAEL TAFFE (UC San Diego Health)
Dr. Michael A. Taffe obtained his bachelor’s degree from The Colorado College in 1990 and went on to complete doctoral studies in Experimental Psychology at the University of California, San Diego in 1995. Following a brief postdoctoral stint in the Department of Psychiatry at UCSD, he joined The Scripps Research Institute as a post-doc and was eventually appointed to the faculty of TSRI in 2000. Dr. Taffe was recruited to join the faculty of the Department of Psychiatry at UCSD in 2019. The work of Dr. Taffe’s laboratory has been focused on the potential harms and health risks that attend both acute and chronic exposure to recreational drugs, including MDMA (“Ecstasy”), alcohol, ?9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and the designer cathinone psychostimulants (“bath salts”). The laboratory also investigates neurobiological alterations associated with prescription opioid abuse and potential new treatment strategies for Oxycontin dependence. The therapeutic development work in the laboratory extends to evaluating anti-drug vaccines for potential use against methamphetamine, oxycodone and “bath salts” abuse and dependence. Investigations with cannabidiol focus primarily on the way it modulates the behavioral effects of THC.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #445
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Not Quite Human: Black Folks, Racialization, and Social Context
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tom G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Tom G. Szabo, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: BRUCE HAYNES (University of California, Davis)
Abstract:

Our actions often seem spontaneous. Motivation for action seems to come mysteriously from within. But B.F. Skinner argued that social behavior is in fact not spontaneous (Skinner, 1938). We are in reality products of our lived experiences. But what happens when we derive fixed rules about other people in the present based on experiences in the past? Skinner was committed to understanding the relationship between the learned categories we deploy in social interactions and the different social contexts that produce meaning (contingencies of reinforcement). Sociologists have detailed how social encounters are taking place within racialized spaces (Lewis 2003; Haynes 2006; Anderson) that marginalize (Eberhardt 2019) and stigmatize (Hughes 1963; Wacquant 2008; Anderson 2011) Black Americans who are widely perceived to be associated with poverty (Duneier 2016)), crime and criminalization (Muhammad 2019), and cultural and social dysfunction (Moynihan 1965). Stigmatization and marginalization leads to a “deficit of credibility” that devalues black voices (Anderson 2011). In this talk, I will link a functional contextual approach (Hayes 1993) to a fuller understanding of the historical context of racial classification and scripted racial differences, and offer behavioral psychologists new ways to better identify contingencies of reinforcement in a social context. This approach is parsimonious and consistent with a radical behavioral world view.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavioral Analysis, Psychologists, Social Workers, Clinical Psychologists, School Counselors, Teachers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) critique the cultural and social context of the American system of racial categorization; (2) analyze the significance of segregation in maintaining the context for the reproducing "systemic racism;" (3) analyze the significance of segregation in maintaining the context for micro aggression and implicit bias.
 
BRUCE HAYNES (University of California, Davis)
Dr. Haynes was born in Harlem, New York. After receiving his BA in sociology from Manhattanville College, he conducted applied research under sociologist and jury expert Jay Schulman, selecting juries for trials throughout New York State. From there he went on to earn a doctorate in sociology from the City University of New York (1995) and was appointed Assistant Professor of Sociology and African-American Studies at Yale University in 1995. In 2001, he joined the faculty at the University of California, Davis, where he now serves as Professor of Sociology. In addition, he is a Senior Fellow in the Urban Ethnography Project at Yale University. His research interests include ethnographic projects with an eye toward linking everyday social life to the historical contexts in which life unfolds. His work crosses disciplinary boundaries of American Studies, Community and Urban Sociology, Race and Ethnic Relations, Religion, and Jewish Studies while it remains embedded squarely in traditional historical and qualitative methodologies of Sociology.
 
 
Panel #446
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Changing Culture Within the Field of ABA: Addressing the Need for Cultural Shifts Across the Field (A Scientific Framework for Compassion and Social Justice: Contributor Series)
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: R. Nicolle Nicolle Carr, Ph.D.
Chair: Shaneeria K Persaud (United Behavior Analysis, Inc.)
R. NICOLLE NICOLLE CARR (University of Oklahoma)
WAFA A. ALJOHANI (Endicott College)
CHERELLE MASCHE WILLIAMS (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Neither behavior nor culture are static and as a field, we have an ethical obligation to promote an ethical culture in work environments for staff and clients (7.01) and to not engage in discriminatory practices (1.05d). As behavior analysts, are responsible for promoting culturally sensitive programming and to build the capacity for cultural responsiveness through training, supervision, and workplace values. As we broaden our consumer base, work with more diverse populations and practitioners, and with the rise of telehealth consultations, it is important to understand the many variables that should be taken into consideration when working across settings and populations. This panel will discuss frameworks for building cultural responsiveness, the implications of microaggressions, the dissemination of the services across rural settings, the ethics of culture, and breaking down professional stigmas in the field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate ~ for BCBAs, BCaBAs, supervisors and those getting supervision.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Learn how to promote an ethical culture and recognize and address discrimination in one's workplace including microagressions; (2) Building cultural responsiveness skills to improve client outcomes (3) Learn best practices for dissemination in rural settings.
Keyword(s): Cultural Responsiveness, Culture, Diversity, Ethics
 
 
Panel #447
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethics, Interventions, and Consultation in the Area of Sexuality
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Barbara Gross, M.Ed.
Chair: Robin Moyher (George Mason University)
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University)
BARBARA GROSS (Missouri Behavior Consulting; Special School District of St Louis County)
ARIN DONOVAN (Capella University)
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis acknowledges our responsibility to ethically provide services that support the autonomy of and maximize reinforcement for our clients, while also maximizing benefit to the community at large. Perhaps in no arena is this responsibility more pertinent than in that of sexual behavior. Cognizance around ethical issues as well as potential legal implications is of highest importance, especially in situations in which our clients have developmental disabilities. This panel will serve as a sounding board for common issues faced in the field as behavior analysts who address potential behavior change surrounding sexual behavior. Panelists will provide anecdotal information to inform best practices, surrounding the ethics of consultation and intervention, and the ethical considerations of each. Pastpanels will serve as a brief touchpoint for this panel, as our panelists continue to bring us new and relevant information in the realm of sexual behavior.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify appropriate scope of competence for assessment and treatment of sexual behavior 2. Identify ethically appropriate goals for addressing sexual behavior 3. Identify the ways that relevant ethical code sections apply to sexual behavior
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, ethics, sexual behavior
 
 
Panel #448
CE Offered: BACB
A Critical Appraisal of Behavioral Cusps: Empirical Investigations, Theoretical Extensions, and Future Directions
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DEV/PCH; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Pinkelman, Ph.D.
Chair: Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University)
MICHAEL D. HIXSON (Central Michigan University)
JANET S. TWYMAN (blast)
RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
Abstract: Since the behavioral cusp was first described (Rosales-Ruiz & Baer, 1996), the term has gained traction, as has extension of the concept (e.g., ecological cusps, verbal behavioral cusps, social cusps, etc.). The cusp concept holds particular importance for the theoretical understanding of behavioral development, an understudied conceptual area within Behavior Analysis. The cusp is also an important component to a wider understanding of cross-contingency interrelationships within a repertoire: also, an understudied conceptual area within Behavior Analysis. Refinement and integration of these kinds of concepts holds great potential for cohesive and broadly applicable behavior analytic theory. There remains potential for further theoretical, experimental verification and development as well as integration within practice. In this panel discussion, panelists will reflect on current empirical work, existing theoretical extensions, their practical utility, and future directions informed by the preceding cusp symposium.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Prerequisites include familiarity with behavior analytic terminology and concepts as well as single-case research design methodology.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) place the concept of the behavioral cups within a historical context; (2) discuss contemporary issues surrounding behavioral cusps; and (3) specify future directions for research and practice to evolve the concept of the behavioral cusp.
 
 
Symposium #449
CE Offered: BACB
Engineering Schools for Student Success
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Discussant: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Guy S. Bruce, Ed.D.
Abstract:

We can design and implement a pragmatic, organizational performance engineering process to change how people work together so that every recipient of resources (student or client), makes efficient progress. The EARS process has the following steps: Evaluate recipient progress; Analyze causes of provider performance; Recommend changes in provider resources, training, and management; and Solve provider performance problems by designing and implementing recommended changes in resources, training, and management. EARS is a pragmatic change process that uses a more sensitive measure of progress, “celeration efficiency,” to evaluate recipient progress, thus reducing the time required to identify that a recipient is not making desired progress. When a recipient is not meeting a progress goal, EARS analyzes causes of provider performance problems, using data to identify 1) Can-do problems due to inadequate recipient resources, 2) Know-How problems due to inadequate provider training, and 3) Want-to problems due to inadequate provider management. This symposium will provide an overview of the organizational performance engineering process with examples of how it can be designed and implemented so that every student or client will make efficient progress.

Target Audience:

Supervisors, staff trainers, program designers and directors of schools and clinics that provider behavior analysis services to students and clients.

Learning Objectives: Participants will 1) Describe the Pragmatic Performance Engineering Process 2) Describe how it can be applied to evaluate client progress. 3) Describe how it can be applied to identify causes of staff performance problems 4) Describe how it can applied to design and implement changes in staff resources, training, and management
 
ProgressCharter and the Organizational Performance Engineering Process: An Overview
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Abstract: ProgressCharter is a software application that will make it easy to design and implement a pragmatic, organizational performance engineering process, “EARS.” “EARS” is an acronym for a pragmatic change process with the following steps: 1) Evaluate student or client progress, 2) Analyze causes of inadequate staff performance, 3) Recommend changes in staff resources, training, and management, and 4) Solve staff performance problems by designing and implementing changes in resources, training, and management. The process is an application of behavior analysis to improve provider performance so that recipients can make efficient progress towards their goals. ProgressCharter uses sensitive measures of client progress to identify quickly when a client is not making efficient progress. It uses data to identify the causes of the three types of provider performance problems, "can-do," "know-how" and "want-to” and recommend changes in provider resources, training and management. This talk will provide an overview of the organizational performance engineering process with examples on how ProgressCharter can be used to facilitate the design and implementation of that process so that clients can meet and exceed their progress goals.
 

Engineering Home Schools for Student Success

JORDAN BOUDREAU (HedgeHog Health Inc.), Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Abstract:

BCBAs supervised by the first author trained and supervised parents to use ProgressCharter to provide evaluation, learning, and management resources to help their children make efficient progress towards the mastery of their educational goals. The BCBAs also used ProgressCharter to provide evaluation, learning, and management resources to the parents, to support the parents’ implementation of evaluation, learning, and management resources with their children. When the students were not making efficient progress, BCBAs and the parents used ProgressCharter to analyze causes of inefficient progress, recommend solutions, and solve parent performance problems by designing and implementing provider resources, training, and management.

 
 
Symposium #450
CE Offered: BACB
The Nitty Gritty of ABA Research: Special Topics in Single Subject Design
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D.
Abstract: Although textbooks on applied behavior analysis and single subject design contain clear guidelines for graphing data and designing studies, there are nuances of these enterprises that deserve further exploration. The first paper addresses a question that researchers, practitioners, and instructors face when graphing: Which graphing conventions are most important? The authors report and discuss survey data on behavior analysts’ ratings of the importance of different graphing conventions and correlations with demographic variables. The parallel treatments design is uncommon, not found in many textbooks, and not on the task list of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Therefore, the second paper is a review of studies that used this design, along with recommendations for future use. Finally, researchers often combine single subject designs, yet there are few guidelines for combining designs in the literature. Therefore, the third paper is a review of studies that combined experimental designs, along with analyses and recommendations. The purpose of these papers is to help guide behavior analysts in graphing data and designing studies.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): combining designs, experimental designs, graphing, parallel treatments
Target Audience: behavior analysis students, researchers, practitioners
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe single subject design graphing conventions, which were rated most important, and what demographic variables correlated with those ratings. 2. Define the parallel treatments design, explain the extent to which researchers adhered to its defining features, and describe recommendations for future directions. 3. Describe how and why researchers combine single subject designs.
 

Graphing Conventions for Behavior Analysts: Demographic Variables Associated With Ratings of Importance

(Applied Research)
KENDRA GUINNESS (Simmons University), Kylan S. Turner (Simmons University), Philip N. Chase (Simmons University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts should graph according to behavior analytic conventions, but the extent to which there is agreement on conventions is unclear. Graphing conventions include aesthetic features of individual graph elements as well as the positioning of graph elements in relation to one another. The current study examined which graphing conventions behavior analysts report are most important, and if there were demographic variables associated with ratings of importance. A web-based survey was completed by 631 Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Five graphing conventions were rated as very important by 80% or more of participants. Ratings of importance varied considerably for the remaining 32 conventions. Further analyses revealed that differences in ratings were associated with several demographic variables including credential, primary work setting, and education level. These results suggest that graphing conventions are used inconsistently across the field of behavior analysis, and implications for future research and training new behavior analysts are discussed.

 
A Systematic Review of Adherence to the Defining Features of the Parallel Treatments Design: Is it Still a Thing?
(Theory)
SARAH FRAMPTON (Simmons University; May Institute, Inc.), Kendra Guinness (Simmons University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
Abstract: The identification of interventions that are both effective and efficient is an ongoing need in the practice of applied behavior analysis. The parallel treatments design (PTD) has been described as a powerful and useful tool for comparing interventions in applied settings. The PTD includes elements of the multiple probe design (MPD) and the adapted alternating treatments design (AATD). Execution of a PTD requires adherence to experimental tactics related to both designs, as well as adherence to particular features outlined by the originating authors (Gast & Wolery, 1988). The purpose of this systematic literature review was to evaluate (1) publication trends with the PTD; (2) applications of the PTD across behaviors and interventions; and (3) the extent to which researchers using the PTD adhered to its defining features. Outcomes are discussed with respect to the utility of the PTD and relative contributions to single-subject design research.
 
A Review of Combining Single–Case Experimental Designs in Applied Behavior Analysis
(Theory)
OLGA MELESHKEVICH (Simmons University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
Abstract: Many researchers using single single–case experimental designs (SCED) combine two or more experimental designs when examining a research question, such as embedding a multielement design within a reversal design. Combining SCEDs allows researchers to study complex behavioral processes; demonstrate strong experimental control; and allow a demonstrative analysis when within-experiment comparative, parametric, and component analyses produce limited results. As a means of commenting on the use of combined SCEDs, and because we found no prior review papers on combining SCEDs, we examined the extent to which researchers combined SCEDs in Volume 52 (2019) of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Results suggest that 18 out of 71 (25%) articles contained combined SCEDs. The most prevalent combination was a multielement design within a multiple baseline design across subjects, and the most frequent type of research question was comparative. We provide recommendations on combining SCEDs in terms of controlling extraneous variables, assessing stimulus generalization, and providing both demonstrative and comparative analyses.
 
 
Symposium #451
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Further Evaluation of Critical Aspects of Augmentative and Alternative Communication for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Rachel Cagliani (University of Georgia)
CE Instructor: Rachel Cagliani, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium is comprised of three data-based presentations evaluating the implementation of augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) with individuals with various developmental disabilities (i.e. Rett syndrome, autism spectrum disorder, and Down syndrome) and verbal operants in the context of home and school. The three applied studies sought to evaluate critical aspects of high- and low-tech AAC including accurate and independent responding, navigation, comprehension, and vocal development. First, Shawn Girtler will present findings from a study evaluating the effects of behavior chaining, prompt delay, and prompt fading on AAC navigation with individuals with Rett syndrome. Next, Emily Unholz-Bowden will present on the effect of device type (low-tech vs. high-tech) on accurate and independent responding with similar participants. Following, Kavya Kandarpa will present findings from a study evaluating the effects of magnitude on AAC and vocalizations. Finally, Rachel Cagliani will discuss the presentations in terms of implications for practice and future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, developmental disabilities, Rett syndrome
Target Audience:

Audience participants should have a basic understanding of augmentative and alternative communication, intellectual and developmental disabilities, and principles of reinforcement.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. apply prompt fading and behavior chaining strategies to AAC instruction. 2. describe the effects of device type on accurate and independent responding. 3. describe the effects of reinforcement parameters on response allocation of mand modality.
 
Diversity submission 

Evaluating the Impact of Reinforcer Magnitude on Response Allocation Across Two Communication Modalities Under a Concurrent Schedule Arrangement

(Applied Research)
KAVYA KANDARPA (University of Cincinnati), Rachel Cagliani (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the impact of reinforcer magnitude on response allocation across two different communication modalities (vocalizations and picture exchange). A single-subject reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of altering the magnitude of requested items with one male participant in a classroom setting who engaged in limited and inconsistent vocalizations. This study took place in a classroom that served students with intellectual disabilities and autism spectrum disorder for kindergarten to second grade students, as well as in a teachers’ workroom. In the first intervention, the participant received the larger magnitude reinforcement for vocalizations and small magnitude reinforcement for picture exchange. In the second intervention, the participant received small magnitude reinforcement for vocalizations and the large magnitude reinforcement for picture exchange. The results showed that the participant allocated responding to the communication modality that received the larger magnitude of the requested item.

 
Diversity submission 

A Comparison of Procedures to Promote Page-Linking With Alternative and Augmentative Communication Devices for Three Girls With Rett Syndrome

(Applied Research)
SHAWN NICOLE GIRTLER (University of Minnesota), Emily Katrina Unholz-Bowden (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota), Alefyah Shipchandler (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

There is emerging evidence that individuals with Rett syndrome (RTT) can learn to use alternative and augmentative communication (AAC) devices. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the use of behavior chaining with a prompt delay and prompt fading on acquisition of software navigation, specifically page-linking, skills with three individuals with RTT using both low-tech and high-tech AAC devices. For one participant, page-linking was taught utilizing a high-tech AAC device. For the other two participants, page-linking was taught utilizing both a high-tech and low-tech AAC devices. We used both multi-element and multiple probe designs across contexts to evaluate independent and accurate responding. All sessions were conducted in the participant’s home by their parents with remote coaching from a research assistant via telecommunication. Results indicated that for two participants, prompt delay was an effective procedure to teach page-linking using both a high-tech and a low-tech AAC device. For the other participant, behavior chaining with a prompt delay was an effective procedure to teach page-linking using a high-tech AAC device. Future research should utilize experimental methods to expand on navigation to include page-linking for multiple word phrases.

 
Diversity submission 

Analysis of Communication Using Low- and High-Tech Devices With Individuals With Rett Syndrome

(Applied Research)
EMILY KATRINA UNHOLZ-BOWDEN (University of Minnesota), Shawn Nicole Girtler (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota), Alefyah Shipchandler (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

The vast majority of individuals with Rett syndrome (RTT) do not have vocal, expressive language and therefore require alternative and augmentative communication (AAC). The purpose of the current study was to investigate the effects of instruction on the independent and accurate use of communication modalities emitted by two individuals with RTT using a low-tech and high-tech communication device. We used a multiple probe design across categories with the one participant and a multielement design with the other participant in teaching use of both high-tech and low-tech AAC devices. Parents conducted all sessions with remote coaching from a research assistant via telecommunication. For one participant, following exposure to either contingent reinforcement or behavior chaining on her high-tech device, fewer sessions were required to meet performance criteria for requesting on her low-tech device and subsequently following reintroduction of the high-tech device with new requesting criteria. For the second participant, some differences in acquisition were observed between the high-tech and low-tech communication devices. Future research should use experimental methods to measure relative preference for communication modalities.

 
 
Symposium #452
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Innovations in ABA Programming Delivered via Telehealth
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University)
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
CE Instructor: Stephanie Gerow, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many families of children with developmental disabilities are unable to access evidence-based practices due to a shortage of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). Telehealth technology can increase children's access to effective intervention from BCBAs. This symposium includes four presentations related to the use of telehealth technology to support families of children with developmental disabilities. One study evaluated the effect of telehealth training on BCBA's delivery of telehealth sessions. In two studies, parents were taught specific interventions to improve outcomes for their children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Finally, the fourth study consisted of an evaluation of a 2-month caregiver training program. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): parent-implemented interventions, telehealth
Target Audience:

The participants should be familiar with behavior analytic interventions for children with ASD.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participants will be able to: (1) describe the components of telehealth coaching for parents of children with ASD (2) describe the use of behavioral skills training within telehealth (3) plan and deliver interventions via telehealth
 
Diversity submission 

Training BCBAs in Telehealth Modality via Telehealth

LESLIE NEELY (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Jessica Emily Graber (Action Behavior Centers)
Abstract:

A recent focus on the use of telehealth to disseminate behavioral interventions has demonstrated the utility of technology in preparing parents and educators as interventionists for their children. However, to date, there has not been an investigation into how to train practitioners (e.g., Board Certified Behavior Analysts [BCBA]) to conduct telehealth sessions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a training package, delivered via telehealth, on BCBA implementation of telehealth coaching sessions. Researchers taught three BCBAs to conduct a telehealth session using behavioral skills training. Researchers used a non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effects of the training package on BCBA implementation fidelity, as measured by the percentage of accurately completed items within a procedural fidelity checklist. All training sessions were conducted with a volunteer family simulating real telehealth scenarios as discussed in Lerman et al. (2020). After training, the BCBAs implemented the telehealth sessions with 100% fidelity and demonstrated improved fidelity during their post-training observation with their client. The presenter will discuss implications for practice as well as future research.

 
Diversity submission Coaching Caregivers via Telehealth to Implement Toilet Training in Africa, Asia, and Europe
MARISSA MATTEUCCI (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Parents with children diagnosed with autism may have more difficulties in toilet training their children. Previous research in this area has been conducted within the United States and included the in-vivo presence of a specialist (e.g., BCBA) to assist with training. In this study, telehealth services were utilized to coach three caregivers residing on three different continents to implement intensive toilet training using procedures modified from LeBlanc, Carr, Crossett, Bennett, and Detweiler (2005). The caregivers implemented a toileting protocol that included scheduled sittings, increased fluid intake, wearing underwear during awake hours, and contingent reinforcement. Treatment effects were evaluated across participants using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design. The results indicate that the treatment was successful for all three participants. Two participants met the mastery criteria for successful eliminations in the toilet and were independently requesting to use the bathroom. For the third participant, the caregiver implemented positive practice to reduce accidents and the mastery criteria were altered based on possible underlining health conditions. This participant also never independently requested to use the bathroom. These findings suggest that telehealth may be an effective modality for teaching caregiver to increase their child’s successful eliminations during toilet training.
 
Diversity submission Evaluation of Telehealth Parent Training to Teach Adaptive Behavior Skills in Home
TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University), Remington Swensson (Baylor University)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display deficits in the area of adaptive behavior, including daily living skills such as tooth brushing and washing laundry. It is widely agreed that teaching adaptive behavior should occur in the individual’s natural environment and with natural change agents; however, doing so poses obstacles such as the natural occurring time of adaptive behavior routines and availability of parent trainers to come to the home. Telehealth consultation is a service delivery method that may address these obstacles. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the extent to which a caregiver-implemented chaining procedure, facilitated via telehealth, would lead to an increase in independent completion of adaptive skills among children with ASD. Four children with ASD and their caregivers participated in this study. Results indicated that, with coaching via telehealth, caregivers successfully implement intervention that resulted in their child’s increased independence across a variety of adaptive living skills. Implications of these findings will be discussed.
 
Diversity submission 

Telehealth Caregiver Training Program for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MARIE KIRKPATRICK (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Research has demonstrated that interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) can improve the quality of life for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, a lack of Board Certified Behavior Analysts has left many families of children with ASD unable to access evidence-based practices. This presentation will describe a program that serves families of children with ASD, ages birth to 17 years old. Caregivers implement interventions to address goals in the areas of communication, pre-academic skills, social skills, adaptive or daily living skills, and challenging behavior, with coaching delivered via telehealth. The program lasts for approximately 6 to 8 weeks. Data collection is ongoing, and we plan to present data from 30 families who participated in the program. We will present data related to (a) demographic information, (b) duration of services, (c) types of goals, and (d) improvement on individualized goals. Based on our current data, most of our coaching is being provided to mothers between 30-39 years of age. The children benefiting from the coaching program are predominately males between 3-5 years of age. Caregivers primarily chose goals focused on pre-academic or adaptive skills. Directions for future research and implications for practice will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #453
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Nurturing Neurodivergence: A Glance Toward a Humbler and More Inclusive Field of Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Julie A Angstadt (Hummingbird ABA Therapy; Strawberry Fields Inc.)
Discussant: Amy Bodkin (A Charlotte Mason Plenary)
CE Instructor: Kayla Comerford, M.S.
Abstract:

Neurodiversity is an approach to learning and disability that argues neurological conditions such as Autism, ADHD, and Dyslexia are the result of normal variations in the human genome. This term was coined to shift the focus of discourse from deficits, disorders, and impairments to recognition and respect as any other human variation (Disabled World, 2020). Although the number of neurodiversity advocates is increasing and conversations around neurodiversity are more frequent, systemic oppression is evident in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Neurodivergent clients, parents, and practitioners are expected to adopt and conform to ideas of normality. In this symposium, a group of neurodivergent ABA practitioners will create a vision for a more humble and inclusive field that embraces neurodiversity. The speakers will a) discuss the importance of presuming competence and explore ways to foster autonomy of autisitc clients, b) articulate the importance of autistic clients having access to a neurodivergent community, c) identify strategies to assess and meet the needs of families in ABA therapy, and d) examine challenges associated with invisible disabilities in workplace and offer recommendations to create a supportive environment.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Inclusion, Neurodiversity
Target Audience:

Prerequisite skills and competencies: can state ethical guidelines governing behavior analytic practice; evaluate scenarios and identify ethical violations; problem-solve strategies to resolve ethical violations.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define neurodiversity and identify systemic oppression in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis; (2) State the importance of presuming competence and identify teaching strategies to foster autonomy; (3) State the social significance of autistic folks connecting with the autistic community and BCBAs role in supporting client’s to do so; (4) Identify strategies to assess and meet needs of neurodivergent family members; (5) Identify challenges associated with invisible disabilities and functional approaches to address those challenges.
 
Diversity submission 

The Road to Autonomy Begins With Presuming Competence

KIRSTIE RUHLAND (Los Angeles Unified School District)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) Professional and Ethical Compliance Code states that behavior analysts are to involve their clients in the planning of and consent for behavior-change programs (BACB, 4.02). In order to be involved and give consent one must be afforded an effective communication method. An estimated 25-35% of autistic children are considered minimally verbal and will need to learn communication methods other than speech (Rose, Trembath, Keen & Payntor, 2016). A functional mode of communication is a prerequisite to achieving autonomy; the ability to direct our own lives. The foundation of an effective communication method begins with presumed competence; believing that all individuals have something to say and possess the capacity to learn. This presentation will a) describe and give applicable examples of how communication partners can presume competence b) describe autonomy and how choices can be proactively presented c) describe the effect emotional state has on language output and how to prepare for that.

 
Diversity submission Assessing and Responding to the Needs of Caregivers: A Family-Based Approach to Applied Behavior Analysis
JULIE A ANGSTADT (Hummingbird ABA Therapy; Strawberry Fields Inc.)
Abstract: All parents experience a large range of emotions as their children grow up, from joyful, happy, proud, and excited, to anxious, annoyed, upset, and tired, but how often do BCBAs take the emotional needs of the parents into account while they are assessing their child? Data shows that at least 18.2% of parents have a mental illness in the United States (Stambaugh, Forman-Hoffman, Williams, et al., 2017), yet many BCBAs are unaware of the resources that may benefit these parents. While the BCBA is likely being paid to work with the child, there should always be a transfer of skills to the caregivers; if the caregivers are having difficulty with their own emotional or physical needs, this could create a barrier for effective treatment. During this presentation, we will discuss how BCBAs can (a) assess the parents’ needs as a part of treatment planning, (b) become more aware of the resources existing for parents with mental illness and/or experiencing emotional difficulties, and (c) use strategies to routinely address barriers in treatment planning.
 
Diversity submission 

Still Hiding: Interventions to Promote Safety for Individuals With Invisible Disabilities in Professional Settings

KAYLA COMERFORD (Autonomy Projects, LLC; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Disabilities may be present in some environments and absent in others. In some contexts, disabilities may be both present and “invisible” (i.e., not observed). The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) Professional Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts requires that behavior analysts refrain from providing services when their personal circumstances may compromise their delivery (1.07), but what happens when the personal circumstance results from a professional environment with inadequate arrangements to support disabilities that are unsafe to disclose? To minimize risk of harm and ensure that behavior analysts have the opportunity to practice to the best of their abilities, we must recognize the potential dangers of disclosure and consider the possibility that each one of us may be living with an invisible disability. This presentation will (1) define disability and provide examples of highly-stigmatized invisible disabilities, (2) discuss misconceptions, unique challenges, and overlooked exceptional characteristics of people with invisible disabilities, and (3) provide recommendations for empirically-supported interventions to promote the safety and wellbeing of individuals with invisible disabilities, for application in professional settings.

 
 
Symposium #454
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Interventions for Teaching Safety Skills
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children and individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities are at a greater risk of experiencing accidents or victimization scenarios and must be taught skills to avoid or successfully navigate these situations. The presentations within this symposium describe advances in interventions for teaching safety skills to these individuals or to the caregivers responsible for training their children. Specifically, this symposium will address teaching individuals to safely cross the street, how to recognize and respond to victimization scenarios, and discuss a web-based program for training parents to teach safety skills to their children. A discussant will summarize these studies and discuss these advances and future directions for research.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, Safety skills
Target Audience:

Students, researchers, and practitioners who work with individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities or caregivers of children and use behavioral skills training to teach safety skills to these individuals or their caregivers.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Describe the common components of behavioral skills training (BST); (3) Discuss recent advancements in teaching safety skills; (3) Identify evidence-based approaches for teaching specific safety skills.
 

Teaching Individuals With Developmental Disabilities to Cross the Street: A Review of the Literature

Renata Ribeiro (Caldwell University), PRIYA PATIL (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Pedestrian skills are critical for individuals and caregivers to ensure safety when crossing the street. Although all individuals are vulnerable to crash-related injuries, children diagnosed with disabilities are two to three times more likely than typically developing children to be killed in pedestrian accidents (Brown & Gillard, 2009). Therefore, given the importance of effective instruction for individuals of developmental disabilities, we conducted a systematic quantitative analysis of published studies that evaluated interventions to teach individuals with developmental disabilities to cross the street. Eighteen evaluations met the inclusion criteria and were evaluated across participant and methodological characteristics and effectiveness. Based on the results, recommendations are made about best clinical practice (e.g., methods for measurement, teaching street crossing in a variety of contexts) and future areas for research.

 

Efficiently Teaching Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder in a Virtual Reality Environment to Safely Navigate Pedestrian Street Crossing

CHRISTEEN SCARPA (Rutgers University), Cecilia Feely (Rutgers University), Dillon Reitmeyer (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

One of the most important and influential activities of daily living for assimilating into the community is the ability to safely navigate unfamiliar settings. Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) typically have difficulty with this (Goldsmith, 2009), and in particular street safety is a major concern and may have severe consequences such as injury and possible death. Pedestrian street crossing training is recognized as an integral life skill and is a fundamental step in the development of independence, increasing safety awareness, mobility, and safely integrating into society. The current evaluation utilizes a virtual reality (VR) procedure to facilitate training in a safe, controlled environment to acquire the necessary skills to independently cross the street. Along with VR, behavior skills training was used to examine whether skills would generalize in a natural setting. Results showed four of five participants mastered VR conditions and generalized skills in a natural setting. This study provides a model for efficiently and safely teaching pedestrian street crossing to adults with ASD.

 

Teaching Young Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities How to Recognize and Respond to Coworker Victimization Scenarios

ANDREA PETERSON (Eastern Michigan University), Marisa H Fisher (Michigan State University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are at risk of experiencing social victimization and should be taught to respond to deceptive statements and victimization scenarios they are likely to encounter as they transition from school to work. Using a multiple probe across participants design, the current study evaluated the effectiveness of behavioral skills with multiple exemplar training (BS+MET) to teach four young adults with IDD a response to victimization protocol. Participants were taught to 1) abstain from retaliation, 2) decline the request, 3) respond with an acknowledgment that the person is attempting to victimize them, and 4) walk or turn away. Two participants demonstrated mastery of this response after only BS+MET, while the other two participants demonstrated mastery of the response after BS+MET and additional in situ training (IST). Additionally, three of the four participants demonstrated generalization across settings, across exemplars, and with coworkers, and they maintained the response up to two-months after the completion of training. This study expands research of BS+MET and IST to teach safety skills to adults with IDD and provides insights into improving generalization of safety skills taught through behavioral skills training.

 
Evaluating a web-based program for training parents to teach safety skills to their children
MARISSA A. NOVOTNY (University of Texas at San Antonio), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Rasha Baruni (University of South Florida), Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida), Vanessa Marie Larson (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Recent research has shown that a web-based manual can be effective at giving parents the skills necessary to use behavioral skills training (BST) to teach firearm safety skills to their children. However, this manual has only been used with seven parents and results have been mixed. In order to assess the effectiveness of this web-based manual we conducted a post-test only group design. Thus far results have indicated that the manual-based training is effective with the group receiving training having an average score of 3 and the control group having an average score of .25. These results indicate that the group receiving training do not touch the gun, run away, and tell their parents; while the control group have all touched the firearm or stayed in the same room as the firearm during in-situ assessments.
 
 
Symposium #456
CE Offered: BACB
Multiple Applications of Relational Responding: Under Which Conditions Take Place Humor, Memory Distortions, Rumination, and Time Perception?
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Carmen Luciano (University Almería, Spain)
Discussant: Francisco Ruiz (Fundación Universitaria Konrad-Lorenz)
CE Instructor: Francisco Ruiz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Relational frame theory (RFT) is a behavioral approach to human language and cognition that accounts for a variety of complex human behavior, such as humor, memory distortions, rumination or time perception. This symposium highlights recent empirical innovations in these four human behaviors. The first paper aims to isolate the impact of different contextual variables for altering or producing the humor behavior. The second paper analyses the conditions under which derived aversive false memories emerge and acquire control over subsequent avoidance intentions. The third paper analyzed the impact of promoting rumination and their alteration through two defusion protocols on a memory task. Finally, the fourth paper analyzes higher-order appetitive motivation, such as personal meaning, over appetitive and aversive functions, to transform time perception. The four papers will be discussed according to derived relational responding as the context for altering contingencies. As well, limitations, future research, and applied dimensions will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): false memories, Humor behavior, Rumination, time perception
Target Audience:

Basic knowledge of relational behavior

Learning Objectives: (1) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand how memory distortions emerge; (2) the impact of values for transforming the time perception; (3) under what conditions rumination emerge and could be altered; (4) how relational behavior could account such a fenomena.
 
Altering the Emergence of Humor Functions: A Relational Frame Analysis
(Basic Research)
MATHEUS BEBBER (University of Almería), Carmen Luciano (University Almería, Spain), L. Jorge Ruiz-Sanchez (University of Almería)
Abstract: Relational frame theory (RFT) is a modern behavioral approach to human language and cognition that accounts for complex human behavior, such as humor, in terms of derived relational responding. Usually, jokes are a common way of producing humor. According to RFT, jokes are a kind of storytelling in which the functions of a complete, coherent relational network becomes suddenly and unexpectedly transformed. Despite numerous studies showing that humor responses have substantial benefits for mood and health, little is known about the processes that might be involved in the emergence of humor behavior. This study aims to isolate part of the processes that might hinder the emergence of humor. Three contexts were promoted and manipulated: (1) the reality of the event, (2) the identification of the participants with the joke characters, and (3) aversive functions to the content of the joke. Until now, six participants were exposed to four different jokes, three where each of the above-mentioned elements was manipulated, and one as a context of control. Results suggest that the three contexts manipulated in the present study seem to alter the emergence of humor functions. These results are discussed in terms of each element's impact in the emergence of humor.
 

The Emergence of Aversive False Memories and Their Impact on Avoidance

(Basic Research)
L. JORGE RUIZ-SANCHEZ (University of Almería), Carmen Luciano (University Almería, Spain)
Abstract:

The emergence of false memories with aversive and avoidance functions is very common after a traumatic experience. This study aimed to advance in previous experimental analogues of false memories based on derived relational responding (Dougher & Guinther, 2010; Ruiz-Sánchez, Luciano & Guinther, 2019). To this aim, we have produced derived memories with aversive and avoidance functions. Two equivalence classes were trained, each one consisting of one shape and seven words (i.e., Class 1 and Class 2), followed by a test for the trained relations. Then, participants underwent differential conditioning using four elements of each class: four words from Class 1 were paired with aversive images, whereas four words from Class 2 were paired with appetitive images. Thereafter, a recognition and avoidance test was conducted with all the words. False recognitions were more frequent for non-directly conditioned aversive words (Class 1) than for non-directly conditioned appetitive words (Class 2), and avoidance intentions occurred with higher frequency for those words falsely recognized relative to those not recognized.

 
Promoting Rumination and Analyzing the Differential Effect of Defusion Protocols on a Memory Task
(Basic Research)
BARBARA GIL-LUCIANO (Madrid Institute of Contextual Psychology & University of Almería), Tatiana Calderón (Fundación Universitaria Konrad-Lorenz), Daniel Tovar (Fundación Universitaria Konrad-Lorenz), Beatriz Sebastian (Madrid Institute of Contextual Psychology), Francisco Ruiz (Fundación Universitaria Konrad-Lorenz)
Abstract: Worry and rumination (RNT) are strategies that seem to be common denominators in many psychological disorders. Cutting-edge research from a RFT approach suggests that both strategies are triggered by framing thoughts in hierarchical relations. This study had two parts. Firstly, we explored such a hierarchical organization of thoughts with two ruminative induction procedures, analyzing their impact on a memory task. Secondly, we examined the differential effect of two defusion protocols to alter the discriminative avoidant functions of triggers for RNT and a control condition. Results suggests that inducting RNT with stronger triggers (thoughts at the top of the hierarchy, that contain weaker triggers) showed a more negative effect in the task performance than inducting RNT with less stronger triggers. Results also indicate that participants that were intervened with the defusion protocol that contained hierarchical cues showed a better performance at post-test, in comparison with participants that received a defusion protocol that only contained deictic cues, and with a control condition. Besides, when promoting a hierarchical relation between the individual and his or her stronger trigger for RNT, the level of concentration was higher at post-test than when targeting an individual’s less stronger trigger – all triggers being related.
 

The Role of Motivational Functions in Time Perception: An Experimental Analysis

(Basic Research)
BEATRIZ HARANA (Universidad de Almería), Carmen Luciano (University Almería, Spain), L. Jorge Ruiz-Sanchez (University of Almería)
Abstract:

It is common to hear "time flew by," or "days went by too heavy". Listening to these phrases seems to give clues about the level of discomfort and joy of our life. Time perception has been mostly investigated from a cognitive standpoint but has not been rendered in the behavioral processes responsible for such perceptions. This study aims to isolate the impact of aversive, appetitive, as well as higher-order or overarching functions that might be involved in time perception. For that, time perception was measured in 12 intervals with different and same intervals in two conditions (seven participants each). Condition 1, participants went through the time interval task with the manipulation of immediate neutral, appetitive, or aversive functions. Condition 2 was the same except that higher-order motivational functions (e.g., something significant for the participant) were connected hierarchically to the immediate function indicated in condition 1. The results show differential impact in time estimation according to the type of functions, and the most impacting results were that "time flies" when behavior is under the control of appetitive functions and higher-order motivational functions.

 
 
Symposium #457
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Using Behavior Analysis to Teach Behavior Analysis: Projects from Virtual Research Labs
Monday, May 31, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Dana R. Reinecke (Capella University)
Discussant: Brittney Farley (Capella University)
CE Instructor: Brittney Farley, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Educational programming in applied behavior analysis benefits from using behavior analysis strategies in teaching, for an effective and efficient educational process and best outcomes. Additionally, learners are provided with a model and in-depth experience of behavior analysis strategies that they may eventually use in their own teaching and practice. This symposium presents original research conducted by doctoral learners and faculty in a completely online department of Applied Behavior Analysis, via virtual laboratory settings. Behavior analysis strategies used in each research project are based on literature in areas including online learning, behavioral skills training, and equivalence based instruction. Targeted outcomes include dependent variables associated with quality and quantity of academic performance, skill mastery, and demonstration of understanding of higher-level principles. All projects examined strategies that make use of readily-available, user-friendly technology. Participants for each project include Masters-level learners. Completed and preliminary data indicate strong support for the use of each behavior analysis strategy in the teaching of behavior analysis content in the virtual environment.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): equivalence instruction, online learning, skills training, technology
Target Audience:

Target audience is faculty teaching undergraduate and graduate students in behavior analysis courses. Target audience is familiar with various educational approaches for post-secondary teaching and learning, and is interested and familiar with online learning and technology applications for teaching.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe various strategies for teaching behavior analysis concepts at the post-secondary level, including equivalence-based instruction, behavioral skills training, and online teaching strategies. 2. Describe ways of experimentally assessing the effectiveness of teaching strategies based on behavior analysis using valid designs within the context of action research in active courses. 3. Discuss ways to measure learner preference for various teaching strategies. 4. Discuss ways to deliver behavior analysis instruction using readily-available consumer technology. 5. Discuss ways to embed training in cultural competence into online behavior analysis coursework.
 
Diversity submission 

Discussion Boards for Learning, Socializing, and Enjoyment in Online CourseRooms

CHARISSA KNIHTILA (Capella), Danielle Bratton (Capella), Celia Heyman (New Jersey ABA), Kaori G. Nepo (NeurAbilities)
Abstract:

Distance education includes different methods of studying and learning which are not in the context of the continuous and immediate attention of an instructor. A critical component of many distance education programs is the asynchronous online discussion forum, but objective measures of learner performance under different conditions in discussion boards are lacking in the literature. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the impact of discussion group size in online graduate BCBA courses on (a) the quality of learners’ posts and (b) the level of peer engagement in discussion forums. A single-subject alternating-treatments design was used to compare the effects of the size of the group in which participants responded to discussion board prompts. Discussion board group sizes were varied across the 10 units of certain classes in a university ABA Masters program. In some units, groups were small (5-6 learners), and in some units the groups were full class (25-30 learners). At the end of unit eight, students were given the opportunity to vote for their preferred condition. Results found small groups produced slightly higher scores than large groups, but students preferred the large group discussion.

 
Diversity submission Effects of Equivalence-Based Instruction on Teaching Relational Frame Theory Concepts to Distance Education Learners Using Google Forms™
CELIA HEYMAN (New Jersey ABA), Dana R. Reinecke (Capella University)
Abstract: This study evaluated the utility of equivalence-based instruction to teach basic relational frame theory concepts via Google Forms™ to an audience recruited from social media pages for students of behavior analysis. A multiple-probe across behaviors design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the equivalence-based training. Pretesting selected participants who did not demonstrate knowledge of the concepts that were programmed for training. Generalization probes after training showed that all participants demonstrated identified the relational frame when presented with a novel example. Findings that equivalence based instruction was effective in this context contributed to the existing research by demonstrating the utility of equivalence based instruction for teaching novel subject matter. Additionally, the study departed from much of the previous equivalence based instruction research (Brodsky & Fienup, 2018; Rehfeldt, 2011) in that it employed a single-subject design to answer the experimental questions. Lastly, the study helped instructors disseminate and implement equivalence based instruction using readily-available consumer technology. This contributes to a larger scale dissemination efforts aimed at reducing the disconnect between equivalence based instruction research and practice (Blair & Shawler, 2019; Fienup, 2020; Fienup & Critchfield, 2011). Social validity measures showed that all participants found their experience to be satisfactory and would recommend this type of instructional method to learn other concepts. Participants also found the time commitment to complete the training to be appropriate.
 
Diversity submission Effectiveness of Online Asynchronous Behavioral Skills Training for Teaching APA Skills to Graduate Students
DANIELLE BRATTON (Capella), Dana R. Reinecke (Capella University)
Abstract: Faculty in online graduate behavior analysis programs are tasked with teaching complex content to adult learners in a predominately asynchronous instructional model and often, instructors must choose to allocate their time to developing student synthesis of content with the expectation of graduate level writing skills which may not be present. When writing is a significant factor in career outcomes within the field, it cannot be dismissed. The use of an evidence-based instructional system such as behavioral skills training to teach specific writing targets could minimize time spent on repeatedly correcting writing errors and allow faculty to develop the evaluative and analytical skills of students. Participants included Master’s-level learners completing a certification program in behavior analysis. Behavioral skills training was used to systematically teach APA formatting skills and in-situ assessment data was gathered on written assignments to analyze generalization. Preliminary data indicate strong support that participants more readily acquired skills explicitly taught through behavioral skills training in comparison to written feedback, and generalized these skills on written assignments.
 
Diversity submission Addressing Diversity through Cultural Humility Reflections in Behavior Analysis Graduate Education
JULIANNE LASLEY (Capella University), Jacob Papazian (Chitter Chatter PC), Andrea Murray (BCBA-D), Renee Wozniak (Capella University), Shawn Capell (Covenant 15:16 LLC), Rachel Cooper (Capella University)
Abstract: Research is limited with respect to techniques used in behavior-analytic graduate programs to teach graduate students of behavior analysis how to recognize one’s own cultural bias when working with clients. This study is evaluating a strategy for formally incorporating diversity training into graduate education in behavior analysis. Specifically, this study will evaluate the effectiveness of a packaged intervention which includes a self-reflective cultural humility questionnaire in combination with identifying examples and non-examples of culturally responsive practice scenarios in behavior analysis on one’s cultural competence. Participants include groups of students enrolled in a behavior-analytic ethics graduate course. A multiple-probe baseline design across groups is being used in this study and one pre-probe data point has been gathered. It should be noted that the dependent measure in the study includes a self-report on a survey. At this point only one pre-probe data point has been gathered and therefore any conclusions regarding the effectiveness of the procedures cannot be drawn at this time. This data point represents the average score on the cultural competence of program evaluators survey for over 29 participants. Results may have implications for graduate training programs on how to increase competence in cultural diversity.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #460
CE Offered: BACB
Disseminating Behavioral Intervention for Drug Abuse Across the USA: A Behavior Analysis Story
Monday, May 31, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Anthony DeFulio, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ANTHONY DEFULIO (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have been conducting research at the crossroads of drugs and behavior for over 70 years. They pioneered the idea that drug taking is behavior that is sensitive to its consequences. Their work has had an indelible influence on the substance abuse treatment research community, and has had a profound effect on US drug policy. Their work to develop interventions to promote drug abstinence began in the 1960s, and featured many exquisite demonstrations of precise control of drug taking by contingencies of reinforcement. In the 1990s Higgins and colleagues published a series of studies on voucher-based reinforcement therapy for cocaine use that sparked an explosion of research activity in contingency management as a substance abuse intervention. Since then, many contingency management researchers have dedicated substantial parts of their careers to the transfer of this behavioral technology to real-world practice. This work has been slow and difficult. The preponderance of these efforts have led to meetings in which administrators of one sort or another explain to the behavioral scientists all the many reasons why the most effective psychosocial treatment for substance use disorders ever devised just isn’t practical, and how they won’t be going forward with implementing any such intervention. But things are starting to change. The last decade has been filled with a host of great successes and promising developments. Barriers still remain, and access is still limited, but real contingency management services are finally available everywhere in the USA. This presentation will include an overview of the history of the development of contingency management intervention, discuss barriers to implementation, highlight recent successes, and ultimately focus on how mobile technology has been (and will continue to be) a crucial element in the dissemination of a life-saving intervention developed by behavior analysts.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Academics and practitioners with an interest in substance abuse treatment, remote/telehealth behavior intervention, or novel applications of behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the standard contingencies used in contingency management for the treatment of substance use disorders; (2) describe the evidence in support of the use of contingency management as an intervention for promoting recovery-related behaviors in people with substance use disorders; (3) describe the barriers to dissemination for contingency management as an intervention for promoting recovery-related behaviors in people with substance use disorders; (4) describe how technology can be used to facilitate dissemination of contingency management for the treatment of substance use disorders.
 
ANTHONY DEFULIO (Western Michigan University)

Dr. DeFulio’s experiences in behavior analysis include provision of in-home services to children with autism, translational research on the development of reading skills in developmentally disabled adults, and conducting basic research on conditioned reinforcement in pigeons. Over the last 14 years, Dr. DeFulio’s research has principally focused on behavioral interventions for promoting drug abstinence and medication adherence. His most recent work involves delivering these interventions remotely, and includes collaboration with DynamiCare Health, Inc., a Boston startup that is dedicated to provision of contingency management services on a national scale. Dr. DeFulio has been the principal investigator on four NIH research grants and a co-investigator on many others. His most recent NIH grant project involves a smartphone-based approach to promoting entry into medication-assistant treatment in out-of-treatment opioid users. He was the 2014 recipient of the APA’s B.F. Skinner Young Researcher Award, and has served on the board of editors for JABA, JEAB and Perspectives on Behavior Science. He is also a former president of the Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis. In June of 2015 he joined the faculty of the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University, an internationally recognized institution for training and research related to Behavior Analysis, where he teaches a variety of behavior analysis graduate classes and mentors undergraduate, master’s, and doctoral students.

 
 
Symposium #461
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Yes Means Yes: A Behavioral Conceptualization of Sexual Consent
Monday, May 31, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Rebecca Copell (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Janani Vaidya (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group )
CE Instructor: Janani Vaidya, M.S.
Abstract:

Research about sexual consent is sparse compared to research about situations where consent is expressly not given, like rape and sexual assault (Beres, 2007). The language and communication around consent has been examined, as are how these negotiations of sexual consent occur. Not only is sexual consent communicated through verbal behavior, but consent is often negotiated through body language, facial expressions, and other non-verbal behaviors. The assumption around sexual consent is often that consent is given unless it is revoked, as conveyed in the saying “no means no”. Instead, this symposium will examine the complexities around behaviors involved in giving and receiving consent. With the nuances of communicating sexual consent, interpreting the contingencies in play, and understanding learning histories surrounding consent, the authors propose that consent, as a response class, is both more complicated, and potentially more impactful than many other behaviors. We will address the current body of work around sexual consent and its background in psychological research, as well as the contexts in which sexual consent is examined. The authors will also take steps to describe sexual consent in behavioral terms, outline the ethical considerations for behavior analysts with respect to promoting self-advocacy and harm reduction, and make recommendations for future research on consent from a behavior analytic perspective.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Conceptualization, Inclusivity, Sexual behavior, Sexual consent
Target Audience:

Practitioners working with a variety of folks

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Define consent, 2. Identify consent within multiple demographics, 3. Describe at least one target behavior in training consent
 
Diversity submission 

Giving and Receiving: Sexual Consent Through a Behavior Analytic Lens

EVA LIEBERMAN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract:

Data indicate that 1 in 6 American cis women and 1 in 33 cis men experience being raped in their lifetimes (RAINN, 2020). In these instances, evidence of the absence of consent is crucial to how these crimes are prosecuted by the criminal justice system, and perceived by the general public. A traditional analysis of sexual consent across a variety of domains like law, psychology, and sociology relies on the assumption that consent is given unless it is revoked overtly. Sexual consent is often studied in social psychology, and investigated in ways that look at the communication between two parties as they navigate a sexual situation. This paper will not only propose that consent is a vastly complex behavior, but that both giving and receiving consent are behaviors in and of themselves. The authors will map out the behavior of sexual consent using a behavior analytic framework, and discuss the importance of shifting the lens through which psychologists and behavior analysts alike study this phenomenon.

 
Diversity submission 

Inclusive Narratives of Sexual Consent: Behavior, Limitations, and Practical Implications

PATRICK WADE RICHARDSON (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract:

Conceptualizing sexual consent from a behavior analytic perspective is a complex task. Capturing the nuances and intricacies around consent as a behavior requires an understanding of how consent is traditionally negotiated, and under what contexts sexual consent is discussed, or not discussed. Not only does decades of research on sexual violence primarily focus on heterosexual cisgender female victims, but the “traditional” ways in which non-consent is discussed is exclusionary. This paper will review our colleagues’ conceptualization and refine the behavioral conceptualization. It will discuss limitations of examining consent from a cisgender, heterosexual narrative and the scripts that are associated with, and expected in those specific situations. Further, it will demonstrate the limitations of existing psychological literature, such as how sexual consent research often excludes the experiences of LGBTQIAP+, BIPOC, and disabled/neurodivergent communities, and their intersections. This group of authors hopes to encourage peers and colleagues to continue to investigate the phenomena of interest with inclusivity and compassion.

 
 
Invited Panel #463
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission The Social Context: How Sociologists Can Help Behaviorists and How Behaviorists Can Help Sociologists Address Inequality
Monday, May 31, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Thomas Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Thomas Szabo, Ph.D.
Panelists: BRUCE HAYNES (University of California, Davis), JULYSE MIGAN-GANDONOU HORR (Florida Institute of Technology), CORTENEE BOULARD (Florida Institute of Technology), VANESSA BETHEA-MILLER (Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

Sociologists describe the racialization of social contexts (Du Bois, 1903) as a process by which human relationships to self and others, geographic locations, and social institutions are rigidly organized such that they produce and reproduce unjust social hierarchies. Skinner (1956) proposed a way of assisting social scientists to break “social contexts” into manipulable events, such as conditions of deprivation and aversive stimulation, reinforcers, and stimuli that evoke behavior that has produced reinforcers in the past. Haynes (2016) has similarly criticized the use of reified terms like “social context” and suggested a more complex analysis of verbal categorizations that reproduce social stratification. To date, few social scientists have made use of Skinner’s pragmatic toolset. Likewise, remarkably few behavior analysts produce scholarly, empirical, or social service outcomes in the area of social justice. In this panel, scholars from the perspectives of behavior analysis and sociology will discuss tools they might lend one another and potentials for future pragmatic and academic collaboration.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) compare sociological and behavioral claims regarding the production and reproduction of social hierarchies; (2) apply Skinner’s (1956) and Haynes (2021) critiques of reified terms such as “social context” to operations that produce social stratification and racial injustice; (3) discuss social justice in terms of Haynes’, Skinner’s, and RFT’s analysis of verbal categorization.
BRUCE HAYNES (University of California, Davis)
Dr. Haynes was born in Harlem, New York. After receiving his BA in sociology from Manhattanville College, he conducted applied research under sociologist and jury expert Jay Schulman, selecting juries for trials throughout New York State. From there he went on to earn a doctorate in sociology from the City University of New York (1995) and was appointed Assistant Professor of Sociology and African-American Studies at Yale University in 1995. In 2001, he joined the faculty at the University of California, Davis, where he now serves as Professor of Sociology. In addition, he is a Senior Fellow in the Urban Ethnography Project at Yale University. His research interests include ethnographic projects with an eye toward linking everyday social life to the historical contexts in which life unfolds. His work crosses disciplinary boundaries of American Studies, Community and Urban Sociology, Race and Ethnic Relations, Religion, and Jewish Studies while it remains embedded squarely in traditional historical and qualitative methodologies of Sociology.
JULYSE MIGAN-GANDONOU HORR (Florida Institute of Technology)
Dr. Horr is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst- Doctoral Level (BCBA-D), a Texas-Licensed Behavior Analyst (LBA), and the owner and founder of ABA Clinical & Training Solutions, LLC (a consulting agency which aims to help ABA organizations with their training and clinical needs). She is a Clinical Assistant Professor and the ABA Practicum & Fieldwork Coordinator at the University of North Dakota’s M.S. in Special Education and ABA program. She is also a Visiting Assistant Professor at Florida Institute of Technology’s and Ouachita Baptist University’s M.A. and M.S. in ABA programs, respectively.   Dr. Horr’s primary research interests involve behavioral economics, specifically delay discounting, effort discounting, and choice behavior. She has presented on those topics (and others) at local and national behavior analytic conferences. She has published two studies and currently has one manuscript in press and two in preparation.
CORTENEE BOULARD (Florida Institute of Technology)

Corteneé Boulard is a behavior technician who is pursuing her Master of Arts degree in Professional Behavior Analysis from Florida Institute of Technology. Following the completion of this degree, she plans to obtain her certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. She currently holds a Bachelor of Science in Psychology from Missouri State University. Corteneé has been in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) for four years, and has loved every bit of it. She has worked with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder in both the home and clinic-based settings and volunteered in Cape Coast as well as Accra, Ghana to apply ABA internationally. What she has gathered from her international experience is that the need for dissemination of ABA is great. Not only is she passionate about dissemination of ABA internationally, but she has a growing desire to disseminate ABA to at-risk youth within her community. Corteneé currently serves as a mentor (and “big sister”) to many youth in her community and has a passion for utilizing the science of behavior towards helping them reach successful outcomes.

VANESSA BETHEA-MILLER (Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting)

Vanessa Bethea-Miller is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and PA Licensed Behavior Specialist. Vanessa is the founder of Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting and Shaping Tomorrow Child Care Services, an ABA-based daycare and preschool, and the co-founder of the ABA Task Force. She is also the author of “I Know What I Want to Be,” a sweet children's book about a young girl exploring different careers in science before deciding she wants to be a Behavior Analyst. Vanessa is pursuing her doctorate of philosophy in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and currently holds a Master of Arts in Applied Psychology with a concentration in ABA, a Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice, and an Associate's degree in Business Administration. Vanessa has dedicated her time to working with children and adults with Autism and/or Developmental Disabilities, with or without a co-occurring mental illness. She is passionate about providing quality and effective ABA services to this population as well as children in need of behavior supports. In addition to this, Vanessa provides coaching and mentoring to other individuals starting their own ABA practices. Vanessa also teaches courses in behavior analysis at the college level. She has presented internationally on various topics such as the application of ABA to the juvenile justice population, implicit racial bias, etc. Lastly, Vanessa has utilized components of school-wide positive behavior support with an emphasis on behavior analysis and applied them to a juvenile detention center during a practicum experience. 

 
 
Symposium #464
CE Offered: BACB
Understanding Intrusive and Restrictive Procedures and Their Alternatives
Monday, May 31, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Carolyn Trump (University of Northern Colorado)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Ledford, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The use of intrusive and restrictive interventions, especially for the treatment of intense and persistent challenging behavior, is sometimes warranted. Translational research and contemporary research synthesis practices may help researchers and practitioners identify the extent to which the use of restrictive or intrusive interventions is advisable under certain conditions. In this symposium, two systematic reviews of applied research conducted in relation to escape-maintained challenging behaviors (Presentation 1) and response interruption and redirection (Presentation 2) and one translational study assessing extinction bursts in low-stakes contexts (Presentation 3) are discussed in relation to the provision of supports for individuals who engage in challenging behavior or stereotypy. These studies have the potential to provide information to the field about the contexts under which certain interventions should be used and/or are most likely to be effective.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, escape extinction, extinction burst, RIRD
Target Audience:

Advanced

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) characterize the evidence base for interventions for escape-maintained behavior that do not include escape extinction (EE) and describe the ethical considerations for choosing EE and non-EE interventions, (2) describe the evidence base for RIRD and ethical considerations for choosing to use RIRD for vocal stereotypy, and (3) explain the value of parametric analysis of extinction bursts in relation to escape-maintained challenging behavior.
 

Interventions Without Escape Extinction to Reduce Escape-Maintained Challenging Behaviors: A Meta-Analysis

KATE TYGIELSKI CHAZIN (Vanderbilt University), Marina Velez (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Individuals sometimes engage in challenging behavior to escape aversive stimuli. Interventions to reduce escape-maintained behaviors often use escape extinction (EE; e.g., physically prompting a student to complete an academic task, even if aggression occurs). Use of EE can increase risk of injury, escalate challenging behavior, restrict autonomy, and impact relationships between clients and implementers. To mitigate collateral effects, we can employ interventions without EE (i.e., non-EE)—that is, implementers can provide escape contingent on challenging behavior during intervention, in conjunction with other intervention components. No comprehensive syntheses of non-EE interventions have been conducted. In this systematic review, we identified 39 manuscripts that included non-EE interventions, with 273 separate single case designs. Non-EE interventions were associated with lower levels of challenging behavior and higher levels of alternative behavior than baseline conditions. Interventions that were effective included (a) antecedent modifications to decrease the value of escape as a reinforcer and (b) concurrent reinforcement schedules with more favorable reinforcement for alternative behavior relative to challenging behavior. Most comparisons between non-EE and EE interventions showed no functional relation, indicating that EE may not add substantial benefit to intervention efficacy in some situations.

 
Systematic Literature Review for Response Interruption and Redirection: Outcomes and Limitations
JENNIFER LEDFORD (Vanderbilt University), Carolyn Trump (University of Northern Colorado), Kate Tygielski Chazin (Vanderbilt University), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College)
Abstract: Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) has been evaluated in a number of single case intervention studies, especially for treatment of stereotypy for individuals with autism. In some reviews, RIRD was evaluated alongside response blocking (cf., Steinbrenner et al., 2020); indeed, RIRD sometimes includes similar components included in other interventions (e.g., physical prompting of completion of a competing task). RIRD is intrusive and may capitalize on punishment contingencies, and thus a review of its use and effectiveness is especially important. In this systematic review, we evaluate outcomes from RIRD studies using the Single Case Analysis and Review Framework (SCARF). We evaluate outcomes, using visual analysis, in relation to study quality and measurement practices. We also evaluate the extent to which authors report that reinforcement-based procedures were previously attempted; the extent to which authors report that the behavior was serious enough to warrant an intrusive intervention; and whether maintenance, generalization, or social validity data were reported.
 
Parametric Analysis of Extinction Bursts
BAILEY COPELAND (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Jessica Lee Paranczak (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Extinction involves discontinuing delivery of reinforcement and results in a decrease in some measurable dimension of target behavior (e.g., rate, duration). Treatments of challenging behavior are less effective when they do not include extinction. However, when problem behavior is dangerous, practitioners may avoid using extinction. Using extinction temporarily increases the rate or intensity of the target behavior relative to baseline (i.e., extinction burst). Although the prevalence of extinction bursts has been estimated through post-hoc analysis, no method exists to control their occurrence. Thus, extinction is often omitted in the service of safety (and at the cost of efficacy). If we understood why bursts occurred, we could proactively work to mitigate their occurrence; thereby making extinction a viable treatment option in more settings. Available evidence suggests baseline reinforcement parameters influence responding during extinction. This study examined the relationship between participant specific baseline schedules of reinforcement and the presence or absence of extinction bursts.
 
 
Symposium #465
CE Offered: BACB
From Dog Bites to Dental Caries: Applied Behavior Analysis Techniques Focusing on Prevention
Monday, May 31, 2021
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Kelley L. Harrison (The University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Kelley L. Harrison, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As applied behavioral science continues to extend beyond description to reliable prediction and control, as behavioral technology advances, and as intersection between implementation science and behavior analysis increases, focus in some areas of behavioral research and practice may shift from intervention to prevention (Alai-Rosales et al., 2015). Such refocus is already evident in some diverse applications of behavioral science (Biglan, 2003), including problem behavior (e.g., Fahmie et al., 2016), organizational safety (e.g., Hyten et al., 2017), and community-participatory research (e.g., Watson-Thompson et al., 2017), to name a few. The presentations comprising this symposium will address preventative and response strategies within the area of behavioral health and safety, including reviews pertaining to dental health and emergencies, and data-based presentations about safe dog interactions and pedestrian safety. The presentations will be discussed in relation to prevention efforts within the field of applied behavioral science, and suggested directions for future research will be provided.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Prerequisites include familiarity with behavior analytic terminology and single-case research design methodology.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize the literature describing behavioral approaches to compliance with dental routines among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities; (2) summarize the literature describing behavioral approaches to emergency preparedness and responding among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilties; (3) describe one behavioral method for teaching dog safety skills to children; and (4) describe one behavioral method aimed to increase pedestrian safety.
 
Pediatric Behavioral Dentistry: A Scoping Review
(Theory)
BRITTNEY MATHURA SURESHKUMAR (Brock University), Nicole Bajcar (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Kelley L. Harrison (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Dental caries, commonly known as tooth decay, is a leading cause of decreased quality of life among children in both the United States and Canada (Jackson et al., 2011). Globally, dental caries are responsible for approximately 60% to 90% of cavities among children, and up to 100% of cavities in adulthood (Canadian Dental Association, 2017). Given this widespread prevalence across the lifespan, the American Dental Association (2013) recommends regular dental visits to increase or maintain oral health. However, noncompliance during dental routines is a commonly reported problem, especially for children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD; Kupzyk & Allen, 2019). This is particularly concerning because children with IDD are also at a greater risk of developing dental disease and having unmet dental needs relative their typically developing counterparts (Abraham et al., 2018). The purpose of this presentation is to present the results of a scoping review of behavior management strategies to treat the dental anxiety and noncompliance of children with IDD during dental routines. Results will be discussed within the context of practical implications and suggestions for future research.
 

Systematic Review of Emergency Training for First Responders and Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Theory)
KIANNA CSOLLE (University of Kansas), Scott McEathron (University of Kansas), Jorey Hart (University of Kansas), William Bauer (University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Emergencies, or situations involving individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) requiring immediate assistance from first responders, may be managed most efficiently or prevented entirely when all parties involved have prior training. A literature review was conducted to identify interventions for teaching individuals with ASD emergency prevention and response skills as well as to identify trainings for teaching first responders how to interact with the ASD population during emergencies. Results of the literature review identified an abundance of safety skill interventions yet a relative dearth of research explicitly targeting emergency prevention and response skills for individuals diagnosed with ASD. Although many ASD-specific resources were identified for first responders, there were few empirical studies supporting behavioral training techniques. Even fewer works identified included training for both the ASD population and first responders together. The implications of these results are discussed within the broader context of emergency response and prevention for the ASD population, and suggestions for future research are provided.

 
The Effect of Pedestrian Gestures on Driver Yielding
(Applied Research)
CASSIDY MYERS (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Although there are many attempted safeguards (e.g., crosswalks, signs, lights) to keep pedestrians safe, in 2018 there were 6,283 pedestrian fatalities accounting for nearly 20% of all traffic deaths (National Safety Council, 2019). Although there is a plethora of research confirming the effectiveness of environmental variables (e.g., markings on pavement and verbal warnings from police) to increase motorist yielding, rarely has research studied how pedestrian behavior can increase driver yielding. The researcher in this study focused on the effects of different pedestrian gestures (i.e., extended arm and raised hand) as seen in Crowley-Koch et al. (2011) on motorist’s yielding behavior. Research assistants serving as pedestrians would approach the crosswalk as a vehicle approached and stepped into the crosswalk, giving the car ample time to yield, while implementing a gesture. When implemented by a research assistant serving as a pedestrian, both the extended arm and raised hand prompts resulted in higher levels of vehicles yielding when compared to baseline (i.e., no gesture). Future research could study the effectiveness of signs at crosswalks prompting pedestrians to implement gestures to cross the street.
 
Teaching Dog Safety Skills to Children via Remote Technology
(Applied Research)
KAITLIN ROSE SCANLON (University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Behavior analysts have been effective in teaching various safety skills (e.g., Dancho et al., 2008; Himle et al., 2004; Miltenberger et al., 2009); however, few studies have evaluated dog safety skills. Over 4.5 million people are bitten by dogs each year and more than half are children (American Humane, 2019). Additionally, children often engage in behaviors that may increase the likelihood of dog bites and injuries (Patronek et al., 2013). Therefore, it is important to develop effective dog safety skills trainings. In Study 1, we conducted a survey to identify the prevalence of dog bites, common behavior of children around known and unknown dogs, and the importance of teaching dog safety skills to children as reported by their caregivers. Results of the survey suggest that children are more likely to sustain bites and injuries from known dogs, engage in behaviors that increase the likelihood of bites and injuries, and caregivers find dog safety skills important. In Study 2, we evaluated the effects of remote behavioral skills training in teaching three children to engage in safe behavior in the presence of unknown, off-leash dog videos. Remote behavioral skills training was effective for all three participants, and generalization occurred for two of the three participants to novel videos of unknown, off-leash dog videos.
 
 
Symposium #466
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Beyond the Typical Functional Analysis: Individualized Evaluation and Treatment of Problem Behavior
Monday, May 31, 2021
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lesley A. Shawler (Kennedy Krieger Institute Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins School of Medicine )
CE Instructor: Lesley A. Shawler, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional analysis of problem behavior (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) sometimes yields inconclusive results. Inconclusive results may be attributed to antecedent or consequence variables that are absent from the typical test condition(s) (Schlichenmeyer et al., 2013). Identification of these variables is essential for effective treatment; therefore, additional analyses are warranted to clarify relevant variables. This symposium describes assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior related to idiosyncratic variables (i.e. antecedents and consequences that differ from those within typical attention, demand, and alone test conditions). For example, in addition to maintenance by access to attention, escape from demands, and automatic reinforcement; problem behavior may also be maintained by multiple and combined functional reinforcers, adult compliance with mands, escape from prompts, or escape from attention. The four papers describe a process that involves: a) description of inconclusive multi-element functional analyses with typical test conditions, b) subsequent analyses to determine variables that evoked problem behavior, c) function-based treatment, and d) demonstrations of parent-conducted treatment and generalization. General considerations for scientist-practitioners will also be highlighted.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): combined functions, escape-maintained behaviors, idiosyncratic functions, mand compliance
Target Audience:

Participants should have some basic knowledge or familiarity with functional analysis methodology and research. Participants should have knowledge of typical function(s) of problem behaviors. Participants should have a basic understanding of how function-based treatments are derived from functional analysis results

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the possible methods for proceeding from undifferentiated multielement outcomes to more individualized analyses. 2. Identify some possible alternatives to the typical functional analysis test conditions following inconclusive results. 3. Describe how functional analysis results inform individualized function-based treatments and discuss the importance of accurate behavior function identification to produce effective treatments. 4. Understand the importance and relevance of the controlled consecutive case series design as it relates to research and practice.
 
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Combined and Co-Occurring Mands Functions
BENJAMIN R. THOMAS (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Caregiver’s compliance with a child mands can be an idiosyncratic maintaining consequence for problem behavior (Bowman, Fisher, Thompson, & Piazza, 1997). Traditional functional analysis (FA) approaches, however, do not always include a mands condition, and as such, this function can be overlooked. This may lead to inconclusive assessment results or treatment failures. This study presents the functional analysis and treatment evaluation of problem behavior maintained, in part, by caregiver’s compliance with the child’s mands. Participants included Maggie, a 14-yr-old girl with Autism Spectrum Disorder, and Jane, a 12-yr-old girl with 22Q11.2 Deletion syndrome. Maggie’s initial FA results were undifferentiated, whereas Jane’s indicated escape and tangible functions. In both cases, this led to minimal treatment gains. Subsequent analyses revealed a combined escape + mands function for Maggie, and a mands function within co-occurring tangible and escape functions for Jane. Following the mands analyses, function-based interventions consisting of functional communication training, extinction, signaled availability, and schedule thinning resulted in more than an 80% reduction in problem behavior that maintained in generalization contexts. Discussion will focus on identifying combined and co-occurring mands functions within assessment and treatment data, as well as potential modifications to the mands analysis procedures.
 

Toward an Efficient Technology of Explicit Generalization for Compliance With Mands Treatment

LESLEY A. SHAWLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Laura Senn (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kerri McCorkell (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

When the traditional functional analysis produces inconclusive findings, this may warrant the need for additional analysis. One such analysis includes a test to determine whether an individual’s problem behavior may be maintained by adult compliance with mands (Bowman et al., 1997). The current study included a mands analysis and subsequent function-based treatment to reduce problem behavior exhibited by an adolescent with Down syndrome. Uniquely, his caregiver implemented all procedures, in the family’s home, with coaching by trained therapists using a telehealth model. Telehealth allowed access to relevant stimuli and naturally occurring contingencies, in which we could systematically train his caregiver to implement the treatment package. Results demonstrated that problem behavior decreased to low rates, functional communication increased, and his caregiver implemented the treatment with high fidelity across trained contexts. We conducted systematic probes across various contexts with some limited treatment generalization by his caregiver, initially. Following additional training with his caregiver to relevant stimuli and contexts, she demonstrated generalization of the treatment package, overall, which maintained for up to 4 months post-treatment. This case study provides preliminary findings on a systematic method to use telehealth to train caregivers to generalize a function-based treatment to relevant contexts.

 
Identification and Evaluation of a Dependent Variable in the Same Response Class as Target Behavior
LAURA SENN (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kerri McCorkell (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Past research has outlined potential methods for identifying and evaluating potential idiosyncratic functions of behavior beyond those tested during a traditional functional analysis (access to attention, escape from demands, or access to tangibles). The current study not only required this adjustment, but also presented the issue of evaluating severe problem behavior that occurred infrequently. Despite occurring infrequently, these behaviors posed a significant threat to the client and property, set the potential for serious negative social consequences, and created a barrier to the client’s long-term goals for himself. To address this, therapists identified other behaviors that appeared to occur in the same response class based on their correlation with occurrence of severe behavior. This allowed for the identification of escape from rapid demands as a function for behavior and evaluation of a function-based treatment. Treatment included DRA (functional communication response), signaled availability, and extinction of inappropriate behaviors within the functional response class targeted. Treatment concluded with generalization to the participant’s caregivers and home environment.
 
Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Escape from Attention: A Summary of 29 Cases
MIRELA CENGHER (UMBC), Michelle D. Chin (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins School of Medicine)
Abstract: The purpose of this controlled consecutive case series analysis was to evaluate outcomes of functional analysis (FA) and treatment procedures for problem behavior maintained by escape from attention (EA). Twenty nine individuals who had received inpatient or outpatient services for severe problem behavior and whose FAs included an EA test condition participated. An EA function was identified for 24 of the 29 participants. Aggression, followed by SIB, were the most prevalent forms of problem behavior demonstrated by participants with an EA function. We analyzed the initial multielement FAs that did not include an EA condition in participants for whom this function was subsequently identified, in order to establish predictive markers for EA. The following predictive markers were identified: high rates of problem behavior in the escape from demands condition and low rates of problem behavior in the attention condition. Finally, function-based treatments were implemented for 13 participants with an EA function; 84% of cases demonstrated a reduction of problem behavior of 80% or more relative to baseline. The most effective interventions included extinction and reinforcement-based procedures. Implications for research and clinical practice are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #468
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Functional Communication Training
Monday, May 31, 2021
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University)
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
CE Instructor: Wayne W. Fisher, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional communication training is the most empirically supported intervention for the severe problem behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Despite this strong research base, the translation from the highly controlled clinical settings in which the process has been described to more normative environments has been imperfect. This group of researchers presents work addressing the challenges of this transition including the use of antecedent strategies, the programming of procedures to support delay tolerance, and in the transition from motor to vocal alternative responses.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): FCT, Function-based intervention, Functional assessment
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs who work with individuals displaying severe problem behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify antecedent strategies to reduce problem behavior during FCT; (2) describe fading steps to transition from motor to vocal functional communication responses; an 3) manipulate reinforcement schedule and delay characteristics to promote resilience to errors of omission in the normative environment.
 

Sustaining Behavior Reduction by Transitioning the Topography of the Functional Communication Response During Functional Communication Training

KAYLA RECHELLE RANDALL (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Ryan Kimball (University of Saint Joseph), Sean Smith (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Research on functional communication training (FCT) has shown that when behavior analysts select a functional communication response (FCR) they can physically guide (e.g., card touch), rates of destructive behavior are generally lower than had they selected a vocal FCR because the former approach minimizes exposure to the establishing operation for destructive behavior (DeRosa, Fisher, & Steege, 2015; Fisher et al., 2018). However, interventions that include alternative response materials require the continued availability of those materials for the FCR. When intervention materials go missing, destructive behavior may recur more quickly or at higher rates than had those materials remained in place, yet become inoperative (e.g., Kimball, Kelley, Podlesnik, Forton, & Hinkle, 2018). Therefore, it may be ideal to initially train individuals to use an FCR that can be physically guided but later transition that communication response to a topography (e.g., vocal FCR) that cannot be lost. We evaluated this possibility in a translational study. In Experiment 1, we compared rates of target behavior during FCT when the card-based FCR was removed to rates during FCT when the vocal FCR was placed on extinction. In Experiment 2, we evaluated a potential solution by systematically transitioning a card-based FCR to a vocal FCR.

 
Incorporating Antecedent Strategies in Functional Communication Training for Problem Behavior Maintained by Social Avoidance
SARAH SLOCUM (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: We initially implemented standard functional communication training (FCT) to treat problem behavior maintained by social avoidance. After a reversal, we embedded a multiple schedule in which the subject had to tolerate periods of time in which requests to be left alone would not be reinforced. As we increased the s-delta interval in the multiple schedule, the intervention fell apart. We were not even able to re-capture therapeutic treatment effects under a fixed-ratio 1 schedule of reinforcement. Subsequently, we conducted the same intervention first evaluating FCT followed by an embedded multiple schedule; however, we also included some antecedent strategies such as pairing and fading the averseness of social intervention from the beginning of our treatment evaluation to increase tolerance. The implications of embedding additional antecedent strategies in the treatment of social-negative functions for problem behavior will be discussed.
 

Providing Noncontingent, Alternative, Functional Reinforcers During Delays Following Functional Communication Training

MARGARET RACHEL GIFFORD (Marquette University), Meagan E Sumter (BlueSprig Pediatrics), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University), Hannah Effertz (Marquette University), Caitlin Fulton (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Functional Communication Training (FCT) involves arranging extinction for problem behavior and reinforcement for a more desirable, functionally equivalent, communicative response (FCR). Although effective under ideal arrangements, the introduction of delays to reinforcement following the FCR can result in increased problem behavior. Austin and Tiger (2015) showed that for individuals whose problem behavior was sensitive to multiple sources of reinforcement, providing access to alternative, functional reinforcers during delays mitigated this increase in problem behavior during delay fading. The current study replicated the procedures of Austin and Tiger with two individuals displaying multiply controlled problem behavior. Providing alternative functional reinforcers reduced problem behavior during 10- min delays for both participants without requiring delay fading.

 
Using Progressive Ratio Schedules to Inoculate Against Commission Errors: A Proof of Concept
MICHAEL P. KRANAK (Oakland University), ALEXANDER Rodolfo AREVALO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Théo Paul Robinson (Florida Institute of Technology), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an effective behavioral intervention for problem behavior that involves identifying the reinforcers maintaining problem behavior and rearranging behavioral contingencies such that reinforcement is delivered following a new communicative response (the FCR) instead of following problem behavior. Over the course of implementation, it is likely that FCT will experience treatment challenges. Those challenges can result in degraded treatment integrity, potential relapse of problem behavior, and subsequent treatment collapse. Some strategies have been designed to inoculate against several treatment challenges. However, no strategies have been designed to inoculate FCT specifically against commission errors (i.e., reinforcing problem behavior rather than the FCR). Using a human-operant arrangement, we evaluated a novel FCT modification that paired a distinct stimulus with a progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement for the proxy problem behavior prior to exposing individuals to commission error challenges. Results indicated that proxy problem behavior was less likely to reemerge in the presence of the progressive ratio stimulus when exposed to commission errors compared to its absence. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #469
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
Service Delivery in ABA: Are We Following Our Values and Our Heart?
Monday, May 31, 2021
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Private practice)
Discussant: Glauce Carolina Vieira dos Santos (ABA fora da mesinha Clínica de Psicologia Comportamental)
CE Instructor: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The purpose of this symposium is to discuss issues in behavior analysts training and practice. In the first presentation, authors discuss how empirically supported interventions are sometimes viewed as more important than client context and values. Authors discuss that contingencies must be analyzed, including those that generated the systematic reviews and meta-analysis, and a solid behavior analytic training should be the focus, instead of replicating different packaged interventions. In the second presentation, authors will discuss possible problems that the indiscriminate and non-analytical use of manualized interventions might bring to our field, such as the decreased probability of new problem-solving responses when it comes to clinical practice. In the third presentation, authors will discuss if the problem posed by Michael in 1980, the shift in?emphasis, away from the general concepts and methods of the science of behavior, is still a current problem in behavior analytic training and practice. In the fourth presentation the authors will discuss the selection and definition of behavioral goals as part of a process that should value family culture and what they consider important for themselves and their child/adolescent/adult with developmental disabilities. Questions raised by all presentations bring forward the need for reflections about practices that would allow us to provide culturally competent and socially valid services, within a radical behaviorist perspective.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, radical behaviorism, service delivery, social validity
Target Audience:

Audience should have at least basic knowledge of Skinner`s articles and books on Radical behaviorism. They should also be updated on evidence-based practices for autism spectrum disorder. They should be service providers for developmental disabilities and be in a graduate program in Behavior Analysis, Psychology or Education.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the differences between empirically supported interventions and evidence-based practices (2) discuss how a superficial education, not focused on analytical skills, might increase the probability of using evidence-based and manualized interventions in a harmful or unethical way (3) describe why the indiscriminate use of manualized interventions can lead to the decrease in response variability in the practitioners repertoire (4) discuss how complicated procedures and explanations can harm our field of behavior analysis (5) describe how cultural competencies and social validity can be part of an ethical practice
 

Highly Complicated Explanations and Procedures: Where is Parsimony?

(Service Delivery)
CINTIA GUILHARDI (Cintia Guilhardi Serviços de Psicologia Comportamental), Helena Furan Duran Meletti (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Thais Martins Sales (ABA Braços Saúde Comportamental), Cássia Leal Da Hora (Paradigma - Behavioral Science and Technology Center), Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Private practice), Ariene Coelho Souza (Universidade de São Paulo - Brasil), Glauce Carolina Vieira dos Santos (ABA fora da mesinha Clínica de Psicologia Comportamental)
Abstract:

Parsimony is a concept that must guide the behavior of all scientists, not only behavior analysts. This concept means that we should select the simplest and most logical explanation for the phenomenon under study, instead of competing views or interpretations. It does not mean that we investigate simple things or explain it simple, but that we should use the simplest account of the phenomena before moving on to more complex interpretations. In 1980, Jack Michael made a “state of union” message, alerting our community about clinicians or eclectic professionals adding behavior analysis to their techniques. These new professionals learned and practiced Behavior Analysis without knowledge of basic research methodology and without commitment to behaviorism as a world view. In Michael’s opinion, this fact resulted “… in ‘packaged’ independent variables of such complexity that they simply can’t be analyzed into behavior components, especially when they involve highly verbal subjects.” (p.9). In this presentation the authors aim to discuss if the problem posed by Michael in 1980 (the shift in emphasis, away from the general concepts and methods of the science of behavior), is still a problem in ABA research and practices for autism.

 

On Evidence, Standards, Authority, andFaith

(Service Delivery)
CÁSSIA LEAL DA HORA (Paradigma - Behavioral Science and Technology Center), Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Private practice), Ariene Coelho Souza (Universidade de São Paulo - Brasil), Glauce Carolina Vieira dos Santos (ABA fora da mesinha Clínica de Psicologia Comportamental), Cintia Guilhardi (Cintia Guilhardi Serviços de Psicologia Comportamental), Helena Furan Duran Meletti (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Thais Martins Sales (ABA Braços Saúde Comportamental)
Abstract:

Professional providers and consumers of services for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are often warned about the need to base decisions regarding the choice of intervention on evidence-based practices (EBPs). These interventions can be labeled “evidence-based”, “best practices”, etc., when they meet criteria specified by certain individuals. This type of intervention has a authority impact on people’s behavior. Thereby, implementing EBPs in addition to trying to fulfill the seven dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), seems to be acquiring more importance in the decision-making process than context and values of the client, especially when these practices and dimensions are implemented superficially. There should not be a set of rules that, dogmatically guides the decision-making process of a practitioner (or scientist), mainly because there is not one single set of rules that is impartial. Trustable guidelines that favor good professional practices should not function as “objects of faith”. Education and training in behavior analysis that favors solid analytical skills and that take into consideration both clients context peculiarities and the available evidence, could increase the probability of professional providing socially valid services that are compatible with the behavior analytic philosophy.

 

Manualization of Procedures: Where Did the Analysis Go?

(Service Delivery)
HELENA FURAN DURAN MELETTI (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Thais Martins Sales (ABA Braços Saúde Comportamental), Cássia Leal Da Hora (Paradigma - Behavioral Science and Technology Center), Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Private practice), Ariene Coelho Souza (Universidade de São Paulo - Brasil), Glauce Carolina Vieira dos Santos (ABA fora da mesinha Clínica de Psicologia Comportamental), Cintia Guilhardi (Cintia Guilhardi Serviços de Psicologia Comportamental)
Abstract:

Behavior analytic services have seen an increase in demand, especially in the last two to three decades. Most of this increase is due to service delivery for people with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). One of the issues with this increase has been training and education for new professionals. In an attempt to regulate the profession, ensure the quality of intervention and avoid harmful mistakes, different certifications, standards, training packages and manualization of procedures have been set forth. This manualization can be advantageous to some degree, as it increases the probability that the behavior analyst will perform all the necessary steps when implementing a procedure. However, this standardization may also lead to narrow education and training of professionals in our field. In this presentation we will discuss these issues that might result from standardization and manualization, such as a lower probability of practitioners' response variability and of new responses when problem solving is needed. Additionally, we will discuss how standardization and manualization may result in less focus on the analytical skills.

 
Applied Behavior Analysis Service Delivery Models for Autism Spectrum Disorders: The Role of Parents and Caregivers
(Service Delivery)
THAIS MARTINS SALES (ABA Braços Saúde Comportamental), Glauce Carolina Vieira dos Santos (ABA fora da mesinha Clínica de Psicologia Comportamental), Cássia Leal Da Hora (Paradigma - Behavioral Science and Technology Center), Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Private practice), Ariene Coelho Souza (Universidade de São Paulo - Brasil), Cintia Guilhardi (Cintia Guilhardi Serviços de Psicologia Comportamental), Helena Furan Duran Meletti (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo)
Abstract: One of the important dimensions of an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Service for children/adolescents/adults with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) is parent or caregiver participation. Parents/caregivers are often trained on problem behavior management procedures, self-help skills teaching procedures, procedures to promote positive relationships between the client and other family members, such as siblings, and on procedures that favors generalization of skills to out of session contexts (CASP, 2020). However, the participation of parents/caregivers in selecting intervention goals and procedures may vary. Brookman-Frazee (2004) distinguishes between two models of relationship that might be established in service provision: the expert model, in which the professional defines goals and solutions to the demands of the family, and the partnership model, in which goals and procedures are defined collaboratively between family and professionals. In this presentation, the authors will discuss these two models of caregiver participation. The discussion about caregiver participation in the selection of goals and procedures seems important if we aim to provide culturally competent and socially valid services.
 
 
Symposium #470
CE Offered: BACB
School-Based Interventions to Improve Student Behavioral Outcomes and Treatment Integrity
Monday, May 31, 2021
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Rocky Haynes (University of South Florida - Tampa)
CE Instructor: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents three papers that evaluated student behavioral outcomes of interventions implemented by teachers in pre-kindergarten or elementary school classrooms within public schools and a meta-analytic review of studies that utilized behavioral procedures to train educators in implementing behavioral interventions. The behavioral interventions examined in the first three studies include Class Pass Intervention, high-p instructional sequences with and without differential reinforcement, and antecedent-based intervention of seating arrangement using stability stools and scoop rocker chairs. The studies report increased academic engagement and decreased problem behavior, initiation and compliance to low-probability instructions, or increased on-task behavior in students with varying disabilities. The last paper examined the characteristics of 20 studies and the variables that moderate the effectiveness of teacher training interventions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): problem behavior, school-based, teacher training, treatment integrity
Target Audience:

Basic understanding of school-based interventions, evidence-based behavioral interventions, treatment integrity, and approaches to teacher training

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how behavior analysts can support classroom teachers to implement evidence-based interventions to improve behavioral outcomes for children with disabilities; (2) explain antecedent-based interventions used in the presented studies to improve student behavior during problematic pre-academic and academic time periods; and (3) describe effective teacher training and consultation procedures designed to improve treatment integrity.
 

Implementing the Class Pass Intervention Within Schoolwide Positive Behavior Interventions and Supports

NICOLE HARRIS (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Daniel Kwak (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Disruptive behavior is a challenge to classroom management for many teachers. Behavior such as calling out, getting out of seat, and off-task during instructions interfere with instructional time and have negative impacts on student learning. The Class Pass Intervention (CPI) is an antecedent-based intervention that has proven effective in decreasing disruptive behavior and increasing academic engagement for students of various ages and skill levels. This presentation introduces the results of a study on the use of CPI, which targeted three elementary school students with varying disabilities and assessed its impact on student behavior during academic time periods. Using a multiple-baseline across participants design, this study evaluated the impact of CPI on the students’ academic engagement and disruptive behavior, specifically when reinforcement was systematically faded across sessions. Results indicated that the CPI successfully decreased disruptive behavior and increased academic engagement of two of the participating students. Further, the intervention remained effective when reinforcement was thinned systematically for one student, and the effects generalized to nontargeted academic time periods for all three students.

 

Use of High-Probability Instructional Sequences During Pre-Academic Activities for Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

DANIELLE ANN RUSSO (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The antecedent-based strategy, known as the high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence has been one effective way to facilitate teachers to prevent noncompliant behavior and increase acquisition of functional and adaptive behaviors for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). However, the outcomes of using the high-p instructional sequence as an intervention in school settings remain inconsistent. This presentation outlines the outcomes of using the high-p instructional sequence intervention during pre-academic and academic activities for three young children ASD served in a pre-kindergarten or elementary classroom. The outcomes of the intervention were examined using a multiple-baseline across participants design. The results indicated that for one of three participants, higher rates of compliance with low-p activity instructions were displayed during the high-p intervention alone phase and maintained above criterion level during high-p fading. For two children, adding a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) to high-p was necessary to increase initiation and compliance to criterion levels.

 

Evaluating the use of Alternative Seating in Classrooms of Children With Emotional and Behavioral Disabilities

CORINNE BLOOM WILLIAMS (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Jennifer M. Hodnett (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Characteristics of emotional and behavioral disabilities (EBD) include learning difficulties that cannot be explained by intellectual, sensory, or health factors and an inability to build or maintain satisfactory interpersonal relationships with peers and teachers. Often, children with EBD have a tendency to have negative experiences in school and engage in challenging behavior in the classroom. This could stem from their lack of desire or motivation to succeed, which is often found in individuals with EBD. One possible antecedent manipulation, alternative seating, may reduce problem behavior and involves exchanging the typical seating and tables in classrooms for different types of seating options with various sizes and functions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of stability stools and scoop rocker chairs on in-seat behavior and on-task behavior in classrooms with children with EBD. All three participants demonstrated improvements in in-seat behavior using both types of alternative seating compared to a standard classroom chair. On-task behavior improved for all students but was variable for two students. Teachers preferred the stability stool while results were mixed between the stool and the rockers on preference by students.

 

A Meta-Analysis of High-Quality Studies on Training Educators to Implement Behavioral Interventions

Daniel Kwak (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), TREVOR MAXFIELD (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Although the use of evidence-based interventions has shown to yield positive outcomes for the students being served, many educators do not incorporate evidence-based interventions in their instructional practice. Even when they are incorporated, educators may not always maintain sufficient levels of treatment fidelity during and following training. Treatment fidelity is important because it has been associated with improvement in student outcomes. Generally, implementing interventions with fidelity should be a prerequisite before expecting favorable student outcomes. The current study identified and evaluated peer-reviewed studies that utilized behavioral procedures to train educators in implementing behavioral interventions. All studies included in the analysis met the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) standards with or without reservations. Characteristics of the participants, behaviors targeted for educators and students, and educators’ involvement in the training process will be described. Effectiveness of key components of training, effects of training on student outcomes, and effects of training on generalization and maintenance of skills will be reported. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed.

 
 
Paper Session #472
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Our Scope of Competence: What We Can Learn From Other Fields
Monday, May 31, 2021
5:00 PM–5:25 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Daniel Almeida (Beacon Services)
CE Instructor: Daniel Almeida, Ph.D.
 

Expanding Our Scope of Competence: What We Can Learn From Other Fields

Domain: Service Delivery
DANIEL ALMEIDA (Beacon Services)
 
Abstract:

The Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s Professional and Ethical Compliance Code provides limited guidance on how behavior analysts achieve competence in new areas of practice. The Code says that we need to engage in appropriate study, training, supervision, and consultation from competent practitioners before practicing in a new area. However, our field lacks specific guidance on how to train practitioners to achieve competency. This paper will examine how competent practitioners are trained in the fields of medicine and psychology and how their training protocols may have relevance to the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. In those fields, the definitions of competence will be reviewed. In addition, non-technical skill repertoires that are components of competent practice and the methods for teaching them will be examined. They include repertoires that are critical for successful practice such as clinical decision-making, problem solving, rapport building, and culturally responsive practice. Suggestions for how these practices can be adapted to Applied Behavior Analysis will be offered. Implications for graduate training will be discussed.

 
Target Audience:

Participants should be acquainted with the literature on scope of competence.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state two definitions of competence from fields outside of ABA; (2) state two non-technical skill repertoires that are components of competent practice.
 
 
Symposium #474
CE Offered: BACB
A Behavioral-Developmental Approach to Autism Assessment, Data Collection, Intervention, and Curriculum
Monday, May 31, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Theory
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a developmental disability that can cause significant social, nonverbal communication, and behavioral challenges. An individual diagnosed with ASD may not look different from others, but they may communicate, interact, behave, and learn in ways that are different from most other people. Because there is no definitive medical test, diagnosing ASD can be difficult. Research has shown that intervention can improve a child’s overall development and the earlier it occurs, the more effective it may be. In this symposium, we introduce a diagnostic tool designed to improve a very early diagnosis of autism. The tool is informed by extensive research on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity, a behavioral developmental model of tasks. The Model allows for the scaling of behaviors, tasks, reinforcers, stimuli, etc. in terms of their Hierarchical Complexity, a form of difficulty. This kind of scaling explains developmental sequences. The symposium first describes the Behavioral Developmental Autism Instrument, including how it was devised, how the data is being collected, and comparison to other assessments. The second paper illustrates how the Model of Hierarchical Complexity can be used to generate a developmental sequence of reinforcers. The third paper applies the model to curriculum development.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavioral Development, Developmental Disability, Early Intervention, Hierarchical Complexity
Target Audience:

People who are interested in learning more about early warning signs in infants and know where to intervene. Those who want to learn more about what behavioral stage of development to intervene at, and at what behavioral developmental stage ASD people are functioning at.

Learning Objectives: They are to learn about at what level of difficulty to do the interventions and at what level the interventions are appropriate.
 
The Behavioral Developmental Autism Instrument
PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University)
Abstract: The purpose of the study to be presented was to test a new behavioral-developmental instrument to see how well it predicted performance in participants diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders. The items in the instrument are ordered based on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity, a developmental model. Each item consists of a task that the child is asked to perform. Some items were created from our experience with children with an ASD diagnosis, some based on experience or existing scales used with typically developing children. The assessment starts with behaviors that occur in very early infancy. If a child is shown to successfully perform the earliest items, the instrument moves on to more complex items. Multiple domains of behavior are assessed. The aim is to allow for a possible earlier diagnosis of autism and also to provide a basis for interventions. Because it assesses specific behaviors it has been shown to be easier to use, providing face valid results. Results from multiple sites on the use of this instrument will be presented.
 

Testing of an Instrument Measuring Reinforcer Preferences in Children

Mansi Shah (Dare Institute), SHUTONG WEI (Dare Association, Inc.)
Abstract:

Operant conditioning procedures are used to investigate various developmental emotional and socialization processes (e.g., Gewirtz & Pelaez-Nogueras, 1992). The choice of what reinforcers to use has been conducted in somewhat of an ad hoc manner. This presentation introduces a way to scale reinforcers in terms of their likely effectiveness for children at different behavioral stages of development. Reinforcers are scaled in terms of their complexity using the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. This model applies a mathematically based scale to different tasks and behaviors (including reinforcing events). A brief example would be that for some children perhaps only a food-based reinforcer would work. For another saying “Good job” would work. Based pm this model, we have generated an ordered list of reinforcers. This can be used to ascertain which specific reinforcers are effective for each particular child. This presentation will show preliminary results on whether or not the sequences are as predicted. Ultimately it will provide a list of a large number of reinforcing events that may be effective when working with a wide range of children.

 

Mapping a Teaching Curriculum Based on the Autism Developmental Instrument

Patrice Miller (Salem State University), MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

Previously, this research group has proposed that a teaching curriculum based on the Behavioral Developmental Autism Instrument should be more effective. Each item in the instrument is both a behavior that is assessed and behavior that can then be trained if the child does not pass the item. Children with developmental delays or with Autism Spectrum disorders are trained bottom up, starting with items of less difficulty and moving to those with higher difficulty. Currently, there are 121 items in the curriculum. The current presentation will select a few key domains and illustrate possible sequences of behaviors that could be used in teaching and training. Creating teaching curricula from the instrument will facilitate interventions since the child will be placed at the right level of difficulty to learn. That is, the item will not be too easy and will also not be too difficult. Using the sequences as guides will also be effective so that steps in learning certain behaviors will not be skipped. This curriculum can be beneficial for both typically developing children and children with developmental disabilities across a variety of cultural settings.

 
 
Panel #475
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Parent Barrier Behaviors and Recommended Treatment Indications 2.0
Monday, May 31, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Cailin M Ockert, M.S.
Chair: Diana Davis Wilson (Aspen Behavioral Consulting; Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis)
DONALD M. STENHOFF (Arizona State University)
EMILY NUNO (The BISTA Center)
CAILIN M OCKERT (The BISTÅ Center)
Abstract:

This discussion panel intends to further the discussion of our parent barrier checklist that aims to identify parent barrier behaviors and develop a treatment plan to improve behaviors and general ABA knowledge. Our 2019 ABAI panel was highly attended and we were contacted by so many attendees that we decided to improve our checklist and discuss some treatment outcomes that we have generated. In 2019, we developed a user-friendly checklist of parent barrier behaviors observed in an ABA clinic in Phoenix, Arizona. Since then, we have implemented use of the checklist across incoming families in order to screen for barrier behaviors that may need to be addressed using parent training as ABA services begin. These identified parent barrier behaviors have been hypothesized to impact treatment duration and ultimately impact the child’s long-term access to effective ABA intervention. This checklist was designed to identify what barrier behaviors may be exhibited by parents or caregivers, establish a threshold score to indicate a specific treatment focus, and a suggestion for high intensity parent training at the onset of ABA therapy and other treatment indications should be discussed. The goal is to focus on parent barrier behaviors and address them behavior analytically in order to increase duration of effective ABA services for the child. We aim to share and discuss the improved checklist and the outcomes of our parent training efforts when barrier behaviors are identified in families that are looking to begin ABA services.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs in clinical practice

Learning Objectives: (1) Use/apply the reviewed checklist (2) Make treatment recommendations for Parent Training based off of the checklist results (3) Gauge improvement in parent behaviors through parent training and evaluate impact on direct ABA services
Keyword(s): Parent Behavior, Parent Training
 
 
Symposium #476
CE Offered: BACB
Scaling Up Intervention Through Training and Automation of Language and Cognitive Assessment and Training
Monday, May 31, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brian Grace (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
CE Instructor: Caleb Stanley, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The development of assessment and intervention protocols such as the PEAK Relational Training System may improve the ability for agencies or groups of agencies to implement structured interventions across multiple clients and multiple contexts. Structured interventions may also allow for behavior analysts to adjust programming to new formats, such as remote training, when contextual situations such as COVID-19 necessitate rapid adaptation of services. The first presentation will explore how behavioral skills training can be used to improve staff implementation fidelity of PEAK programming when delivered through a remote interface with clients. Adapting programming in this way can produce a multitude of barriers that necessitate accurate and consistent delivery of structured programming. The second presentation will evaluate two strategies that can improve the efficiency of PEAK program selection and development. By automating several processes at a systems level, program selection and material development may occur more rapidly, and programs can be developed in such a way so as to allow for remote delivery as described in the first presentation. Taken together, these talks speak to the role that new technologies can have in automating decision making and allowing for remote delivery.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Automation, BST, PEAK, Technology
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: (1) Describe behavioral skills training to teach remote delivery; (2) Discuss the automation of PEAK program selection; (3) Describe behavioral skills training in the development of novel programming
 
The Use of Virtual Behavioral Skills Training for Staff Implementing PEAK-Equivalence Modules to Increase Treatment Fidelity
TIFFANY SEPPALA (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Our world is rapidly changing since COVID-19, and the need to work in a virtual capacity has become increasingly relevant. To that end, new ways to train staff on protocols such as Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK; Dixon, 2014a, 2014b, 2015, 2016) needs to be investigated. Thus, we investigated the extent to which behavioral skills training of a virtual modality improved five staff’s treatment fidelity in implementing PEAK-Equivalence programs across four relations. Additionally, we chose participants with different education levels and skills to determine if any population can interpret PEAK. Each participant had high levels of fidelity implementing PEAK-Direct Training but had no experience with the equivalence module. In PEAK-Equivalence, four relations are trained, reflexivity, symmetry, transitivity, and equivalence. Each relation had its virtual training that consisted of a written description with voiceover instructions, video models, knowledge check questions, and feedback dependent on their responses. Correct responses were rewarded with praise of a written modality and sound that elicited cheers. Incorrect answers issued written feedback and returned to the original slide with the information. During baseline, participants received a score of 50% or higher fidelity during the train blocks but received 0% fidelity for the test blocks.
 
Training and Automating Discrete Trial Programming to Improve Performance and Efficiency
BRITTANY A SELLERS (Missouri State University), Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University), Jessica M Venegoni (Missouri State University), Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract: The expansion of language and cognitive training for children with autism has coincided with the development of manualized training systems guided by assessments such as the VB-MAPP, ABLLS-R, and the PEAK Relational Training System. These strategies allow for a standardized and consistent approach to intervention; however, marked differences are present in the time required to select appropriate programming and to develop materials needed for instruction. Automating components of this process may allow behavior analysts to select and develop programs more rapidly with time and financial benefits at scale for agencies providing services for multiple clients. In a first study, we developed an automated program selection tool using Microsoft Excel that is compatible with the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment and indirect assessments that can accelerate program selection. Comparison of this tool to traditional manualized selection suggest that identical programming was identified in most cases in considerably less time for the analyst. In the second study, we evaluated an online behavioral skills training program to promote efficient program material development using Microsoft PowerPoint across four novice PEAK implementers. Results suggest that this strategy, combined with independent practice, can lead to rapid development of automated PEAK programs that can be delivered in person or online with clients and generalization of this skill to novel programs. These results have several implications for improving efficiency of program selection and development at a systems level.
 
 
Symposium #477
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Contextualizing, Checking, and Challenging Privilege: Exploring Traditional and Behavioral Conceptualizations of Privilege
Monday, May 31, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Thomas B. Sease (Texas Christian University, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group)
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Emily Kennison Sandoz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The concept of privilege has become increasingly controversial recently as police brutality against the Black community has received more attention. However, despite its long history, the concept of privilege has not been subjected to a behavioral analysis focusing on the contextual conditions involved therein. In this symposium, we will discuss such an analysis, focusing on privilege as a manipulable aspect of context and its relationship to behavioral repertoires of both the privileged and the underprivileged. This analysis will focus on how divergent proportions of appetitive to aversive stimulation in the learning environment impact the sensitivity of the repertoire to appetitive and aversive learning opportunities. In the first paper, traditional conceptualizations of privilege will be discussed, along with what a behavioral conceptualization adds, and why it is pertinent today. In the second paper, the implications of a behavioral conceptualization and specific recommendations for self-evaluation for those committed to equity are discussed. These papers are intended to contribute to a discussion of larger societal issues from a behavior analytic framework, with the ultimate goal of the innovative intervention strategies supporting larger-scale behavior change.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): appetitive control, aversive control, equity, privilege
Target Audience:

Service providers, behavior analysts, clinicians, higher education instructors, school professionals, teachers, graduate students, undergraduates

Learning Objectives: (1) Discuss historical conceptualizations of privilege as well as current uses of the term; (2) Operationalize privilege from a behavior analytic perspective; (3) Identify implications this conceptualization has for the field at large; (4) Describe recommendations to address and self-evaluate context and experienced privileges; (5) Describe ways in which behavior analysts can go beyond “checking” privilege in our attempts to have socially significant influence.
 
Diversity submission Why Now?: Traditional Conceptualizations of Privilege and Why a Behavior Analytic Approach is Pertinent
(Theory)
MAKENSEY SANDERS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Morgan E Maples (University of Louisiana at Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group)
Abstract: Historically, the term “privilege” has been used to refer to and describe basic rights withheld from people of color and the lack of equity between groups. While privilege is not a new concept, inequities in privilege have received increased attention due to the alarming rates of police brutality directed towards the Black community. “Checking” privilege has become a mainstream activity in an effort to call attention to the inequities in privilege, presumably to motivate actions toward equity. Operationally defined, privilege from a behavioral perspective consists of the conditions under which the term is employed. The historical conditions under which the term, privilege, emerged will be discussed as well as current uses of the term. Privilege will be discussed, from a behavioral perspective, as the contextually-bound resources to which a person has access due to their specific characteristics which afford membership to a particular social group. A lack of privilege, then, is denial or decreased access to resources which could serve as appetitives, thus resulting in inequity between groups of privileged and underprivileged.
 
Diversity submission Implications of a Behavioral Conceptualization of Privilege and Self-Evaluative Recommendations
(Theory)
MORGAN E MAPLES (University of Louisiana at Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), MaKensey Sanders (University of Louisiana at Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group)
Abstract: Inequities of the privileged and the underprivileged may be addressed by approaching privilege as an aspect of context. This has implications for behavioral analyses and interventions that might address behavioral excesses and deficits related to both responses to and maintenance of inequities in privilege. Specifically, it is proposed that the degree of privilege involves the ratio of appetitive to aversive control apparent in the learning history and the repertoire. This analysis will be explored in terms of (1) its implications for explaining and intervening on behavioral excesses of the privileged that maintain inequity, (2) its implications for explaining and intervening on behavioral deficits of the privileged that maintain inequity, and (3) its implications for creating increased opportunities for appetitive learning for the underprivileged. The implications of this conceptualization for self-evaluation will be described for the audience, along with examples for how this practice might bring behavior analysts beyond “checking” privilege in our attempts to have socially significant influence.
 
 
Symposium #478
CE Offered: BACB
Individualized Functional Analysis Conditions and Function-Based Treatment for High-Intensity, Low-Frequency Disruptive Behavior
Monday, May 31, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David W. Sidener (ROOTS Applied Behavior Analysis Autism Treatment Center)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: David W. Sidener, Ph.D.
Abstract:

High-Intensity / Low-Frequency behavior poses specific challenges to assess and treat because there are fewer opportunities to observe the behavior including that the behavior may not occur at all during Functional Analysis sessions. We conducted two functional analyses in our clinic. Originally, both standard Functional Analyses were inconclusive. Upon more detailed observation of clients’ behavior, experimenters were able to alter functional analysis conditions such that both resulted in clearly differentiated responding. These individualized functional analysis findings were then used to develop treatment packages. Individualized, function-based treatment of High-Intensity, Low-Frequency behavior for two young adults resulted in substantial reductions in sometimes dangerous levels of disruptive behavior. We developed individualized treatment packages to treat aggressive and self-injurious behavior. Both treatment packages utilized Functional Communication Training for Escape-maintained behavior. Both also included Demand-Fading, Schedule-Thinning and chain schedules via token boards. A noteworthy component used to manage Demand Fading was a Progressive VR token board that allowed small but systematic shifts in response requirements in order to move from very rich schedules of reinforcement to more natural and manageable demand to reinforcement ratios.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): High-intensity, low-frequency,
Target Audience:

Functional Analysis of Disruptive Behavior

Learning Objectives: Better analyze functional analysis data Discuss individualizing functional analysis conditions Discuss individualizing function-based treatment
 
High-Intensity, Low-Frequency Behavior I: Individualizing Functional Analysis Conditions
DAVID W. SIDENER (ROOTS Applied Behavior Analysis Autism Treatment Center), Michael DeFilippo (ROOTS Applied Behavior Analysis Autism Treatment Center)
Abstract: High-Intensity / Low-Frequency behavior poses specific challenges to assess and treat because there are fewer opportunities to observe the behavior including that the behavior may not occur at all during Functional Analysis sessions. Additionally, because the behavior is Low Frequency, there may be a partial tolerance or insensitivity to EOs or it may be only sensitive to combined EOs. The “High-Intensity” part of this category increases the importance of developing an effective treatment. We conducted the following analyses in our clinic. The following two studies represent two cases in which we were contracted to analyze and treat severe, disruptive behavior that had been highly resistant to previous, multi-year treatment efforts. Originally, both standard Functional Analyses were inconclusive. Upon careful observation of clients’ behavior both in-session and out-of-session, experimenters were able to alter functional analysis conditions such that both effective EOs as well as effective consequences resulted in clearly differentiated responding.
 
High-Intensity, Low-Frequency Behavior II: Developing Individualized Function-Based Treatment for Treatment-Resistant Behavior
David W. Sidener (ROOTS Applied Behavior Analysis Autism Treatment Center), CYBIL DONNELLY (ROOTS Applied Behavior Analysis Autism Treatment Center), Michael DeFilippo (ROOTS Applied Behavior Analysis Autism Treatment Center)
Abstract: Individualized, function-based treatment of High-Intensity, Low-Frequency behavior for two young adults resulted in substantial reductions in sometimes dangerous levels of disruptive behavior. We developed individualized treatment packages to treat aggressive and self-injurious behavior. Both treatment packages utilized Functional Communication Training for Escape-maintained behavior. Both also included Demand-Fading, Schedule-Thinning and chain schedules via token boards. A noteworthy component used to manage Demand Fading was a Progressive VR token board that allowed small but systematic shifts in response requirements in order to move from very rich schedules of reinforcement to more natural and manageable demand to reinforcement ratios.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #479
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Improving Observed Parenting and Enhancing Well-Being in Parents of Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 31, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DEV
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MARLA BRASSARD (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Research has shown that parents of children with ASD are among the most stressed as compared to all other parents, including those who have children with other psychiatric conditions and developmental disabilities (Hayes & Watson, 2013). Parents of children with ASD are chronically stressed because the demands of the family environment often exceed the parent’s ability to cope. There are few evidence-based interventions available for professionals to use with parents of a child with ASD: some use cognitive therapies, such as meditation, some use social support to reduce stress and mental health problems, and others use implement parent training to improve child behavior. Few if any combine both mental health and behavioral approaches, and none of these are designed for implementation by school personnel. This presentation describes findings from a multi-year transdisciplinary investigation into the most common stressors for parents of preschool children with ASD attending a CABAS® model school. Specifically, in two studies we surveyed parents to determine their reported levels of stress and common stressors, as well as parents’ mental and physical wellbeing, self-care, and self-efficacy skills. In the first study we also examined mother-child interactions during free-play and demand situations in order to determine possible target behaviors for intervention. Implications of the findings and suggestions for interventions will be discussed.

Target Audience:

Those interested in parent education and interventions to help parents cope with the stresses of parenting a child with ASD. These may include practitioners, educators, researchers, or parents themselves.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the evidence as to whether a child’s negative behaviors are manipulative (and thus should be ignored) OR important signals of a child’s needs (and thus should be attended to); (2) describe how child characteristics (e.g., temperament, verbal behavior developmental level, rate of learning in the ABA school, co-morbid diagnoses, severity of ASD) relate to the quality of observed parenting and the implications of these findings for interventions; (3) describe the stressors and mental health of mothers and fathers and the implications for intervention; (4) list the self-care practices that are related to lower stress and better observed quality of parenting.
 
MARLA BRASSARD (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Marla R. Brassard, Ph.D., is a Professor in the School Psychology Program at Teachers College, Columbia University. For 37 years her research has focused on parenting, especially psychological maltreatment (PM) of children by parents, a non-physical form of abuse and neglect, that research shows is the equivalent in adverse causal impact to other forms of maltreatment and the most related to depression and suicidal behavior. Recently her work has expanded to include parenting in other high stress contexts, specifically parenting a young child with autistic spectrum disorder, with a focus on interventions that enhance parental wellbeing and increase quality of parenting. She is a fellow of the American Psychological Association and past president of the Council of Directors of School Psychology Programs.
 
 
Symposium #480
CE Offered: BACB
Comparing Instructional Strategies for Discrete Trial Teaching via Telehealth
Monday, May 31, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Rebekah Lee (Endicott College)
Discussant: Christine Milne (Autism Partnership Foundation)
CE Instructor: Wafa A. Aljohani, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Amidst a global pandemic, service-delivery and education models must adapt to incorporate various instructional modalities and strategies. One increasingly common format of instruction is telehealth. This symposium features two different studies that were conducted via telehealth to teach learners with and without disabilities. The first presentation compared two different types of discriminative stimuli (i.e., single vs. varied) used within discrete trial teaching for individuals with autism. The second presentation compared a prompting and error-correction strategy (i.e., progressive time delay vs. response repetition) within discrete trial teaching for typically developing children. The symposium will conclude with a discussion on the strengths, limitations, and areas of future research for each study.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Those who provide supervision to staff implementing ABA-based interventions will benefit from this symposium, as well as staff who provide direct intervention. Information from this symposium will also be relevant to anyone involved in telehealth sessions for individuals with and without disabilities.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1) recognize some of the strengths and limitations of providing instruction via telehealth; 2) identify some of the conditions under which each instructional strategy may be appropriate; 3) describe how to carry out each instructional procedure.
 

A Comparison of Progressive Time Delay to Response Repetition to Teach Textual Relations via Telehealth

(Service Delivery)
ASIM JAVED (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Many different instructional strategies have been used to teach sight words to students with and without disabilities. These instructional approaches often involve some form or prompting and/or error-correction procedure (Spector, 2011).Two particular strategies that have not been directly compared within the literature include progressive time delay (PTD) and response repetition (RR). This study compared progressive time delay to response repetition using an adapted alternating treatment design, replicated across sets for each participant. As part of the study, social validity was obtained from caregivers as well as child participants. Results will be reviewed with regards to participant responding, sessions to mastery, and efficiency of each instructional approach. Furthermore, limitations of the study as well as areas for future research will be discussed.

 
Comparison of Single Instruction and Varied Instructions to Teach Tact Relations via Telehealth
(Service Delivery)
Wafa A. Aljohani (Endicott College), VICTORIA BOONE (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Various recommendations have been outlined for teaching individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder within a discrete trial format (Green, 2001; Grow & LeBlanc, 2013). One recommendation relates to how instructions are delivered at the beginning of a trial. This study aimed to closely examine some of these recommendations by comparing the use of a single instruction versus varied instructions when teaching three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) tact relations. The present investigation utilized an adapted alternating treatment design nested into a multiple probe design, to teach participants to label pictures of cartoon characters using either a single instruction or varied instructions. The goal of this study was to evaluate the acquisition, effectiveness, and efficiency of the two different procedures for each participant. Results of the study will be discussed as it relates to participant responding, sessions to mastery, and efficiency measures (e.g., number of teaching trials and duration of teaching). Future directions related to this topic will also be discussed.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #481
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Experimental and Behavioral Psychology at Harvard From William James to B. F. Skinner
Monday, May 31, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: PCH
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SARA SCHECHNER (Harvard University)
Abstract:

In 1892, William James brought Hugo Münsterberg from Freiburg to direct the new, Harvard Psychological Laboratory that James had created in the Philosophy Department. Münsterberg had trained under William Wundt in Leipzig, who had pioneered an experimental method to explore the relationship between mental events and physical experience. The New Psychology banished the old method of introspection. Instead, it relied on highly controlled experiments with equipment borrowed from the domains of physics and physiology. Researchers studied the psychology of the senses, the timing of mental acts, judgement, memory, and attention. Starting with these “prism, pendulum, and chronograph philosophers,” as James called them, this talk will conclude with B. F. Skinner and his experiments on operant conditioning, reinforcement, and learning. Special attention will be paid to early apparatus such as reaction keys, prototype operant chambers, cumulative recorders, and teaching machines. The apparatus, laboratory records, memoranda, and correspondence of James, Munsterberg, and Skinner survive at Harvard University and can be accessed by scholars interested in the development of their thought.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the history of experimental psychology at Harvard University between 1875 and 1965; (2) list the types of research and teaching apparatus used by experimental psychologists William James, Hugo Munsterberg; BF Skinner, and others; (3) state how to gain access to historical scientific instruments and documents in the Harvard Collection of Historical Scientific Instruments and Harvard University Archives.
 
SARA SCHECHNER (Harvard University)
Sara Schechner, Ph.D. is the David P. Wheatland Curator of the Collection of Historical Scientific Instruments at Harvard University, where she is also on the faculty of the History of Science Department. She has served as Secretary of the Scientific Instrument Commission of the International Union of History and Philosophy of Science and Technology. She has published widely on the history of astronomy, scientific instruments, and material culture and has curated numerous exhibitions, including several on the history of psychology.

Schechner earned degrees in physics and the history and philosophy of science from Harvard and Cambridge. Before returning to Harvard, she was chief curator at the Adler Planetarium in Chicago, and curated exhibits for the Smithsonian Institution, the American Astronomical Society, and the American Physical Society. Schechner’s research, teaching, and exhibition work has earned her many awards. She is the 2019 recipient of the Paul Bunge Prize from the German Chemical Society and the German Bunsen Society for Physical Chemistry, which is regarded worldwide as the most important honor in the history of scientific instruments. She has also received the prestigious LeRoy E. Doggett Prize for Historical Astronomy from the American Astronomical Society, the Joseph H. Hazen Education Prize of the History of Science Society, and the Great Exhibitions Award of the British Society for the History of Science.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #482
CE Offered: BACB
A Parent Perspective: The Art and Science of Creating a Resilient Partnership With Parents
Monday, May 31, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: CHRISSY MCNAIR (PHAME)
Abstract:

The developmental skills gained from a behavior therapy program are greatly improved if the child has a nurturing environment in which family members are equipped to continue therapeutic techniques outside the formal sessions. When a parent sees themselves as a valued extension of the therapy team, they are better able to engage in the process and contribute to a child's success. The relationship between therapist and parent is a complex one, and a strong, collaborative partnership is fundamental to the success of any therapy program. This presentation will examine the parent/therapist dynamic and discuss concrete strategies for building a solid, resilient relationship benefitting the child, family and therapy team.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the key building blocks foundational to a strong, collaborative therapist/parent relationship; (2) describe strategies for building initial and on-going trusting partnerships; (3) utilize tools for improving parental engagement.
 
CHRISSY MCNAIR (PHAME)
Chrissy McNair has been a parent advocate and community leader for those on the Autism Spectrum for over 18 years. She has served on numerous Board of Directors including the Autism Society of Nebraska, Families for Effective Autism Treatment, Autism Living, Inc, and is currently on the board for PHAME, a performing arts academy for adults with Developmental Disabilities. Chrissy spearheaded state and community efforts for policy changes benefitting people with autism, and has been a strategic advisor for organizations including The Munroe Meyer Institute’s Center for Autism, The Autism Action Partnership, and a former member of the Nebraska Act Early State Team. Chrissy and her family were featured in Kennedy Krieger Institute’s magazine Potential, and she has mentored numerous families navigating the challenges of receiving an autism diagnosis. Chrissy’s passion is supporting other parents of children on the autism spectrum, and is the author of the book, “Special, Too: Meeting the Unique Needs of the Caregiver.” Chrissy and her husband have three sons, and live in Portland, Oregon.
 
 
Symposium #483
CE Offered: BACB
Three Examples of Referent-Based Verbal Behavior Instruction for Early Speakers With Autism
Monday, May 31, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
CE Instructor: Lee L Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Language deficits are characteristic of individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder according to both the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Edition, and the International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision. In particular, the language of individuals with autism shows “stimulus overselectivity”, or disproportionate levels of strength across the environmental relations that control their verbal behavior. For educational and clinical service providers, the provision of services is contingent upon demonstrating an educational or medical necessity for intervention. Incidental teaching has been shown to be effective for expanding the language skills of children with autism spectrum disorder. Referent-based instruction is a particular type of natural environment training that aims to balance the strength of the verbal repertoire across mand, echoic, tact, and sequelic control. Referent-based instruction emphasizes transfer of stimulus control through continuous, systematic prompting (i.e., convergent multiple control) and fading (i.e., divergent multiple control) across operants. Elements of precision teaching may be embedded to monitor language development and enable data-based instructional decisions. Here we present three implementations of referent-based instruction across different settings: clinic, school, and home.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): incidental teaching, precision teaching, telehealth, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Practicing applied behavior analysts who work with children and adolescents with autism and other language orders.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify examples of stimulus overselectivity in the language of speakers with autism; (2) explain the importance of developing proportionate levels of stimulus control over verbal behavior; (3) explain how referent-based instruction differs from other forms of incidental teaching.
 
Clinical Implementations of Referent-Based Instruction
(Service Delivery)
Alonzo Andrews (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System), JANET SANCHEZ ENRIQUEZ (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract: The current study evaluates the use of precision teaching to address the verbal behavior deficits of children with autism and other language disorders through a free, university-based ABA clinic. Across six years, Forty-nine participants received 13 weeks of intervention for 90 min a day, four days a week. Referent-based instruction is a treatment package that combines both natural environment training and frequency building to strengthen verbal behavior. Referent-based instruction emphasizes transferring of stimulus control across the verbal operants within the context of shaping novel responses. The overarching goal of referent-based instruction is that for every item of interest, the child should be able to request it, label it, name it, and identify it by its primary feature(s). Results of pretest and posttest comparisons show that a large effect size was found within the verbal behavior gains of participants who received precision teaching. Implications for implementing referent-based instruction as well as future areas of research will be discussed.
 
Classroom Implementations of Referent-Based Instruction
JANET ENRIQUEZ (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract: Across two academic years, nine San Antonio area school districts were funded by the Texas Education Agency to provide verbal behavior training to preschool and kindergarten students with autism. At the start of the year we assessed participants using the verbal behavior SCoRE to determine the extent to which mands, echoics, tacts, and sequelics exerted disproportionate levels of control over each participant’s verbal behavior. The results of the SCoRE were then used to develop individualized verbal behavior treatment plans for each student to be carried out in his/her home classroom. We subsequently trained more than 100 teachers and paraprofessionals to implement referent-based verbal behavior instruction, with a goal of balancing out the relative strength of these four primary verbal operants. In addition to providing direct classroom-based services for students with autism, the project included ongoing parent training conducted by district behavior analysts throughout the academic year. At the end of the year, students were reassessed with the verbal behavior SCoRE to analyze language gains. Here we present an overview of the project, implications for its application in public school settings, and the results of our grant activities.
 
Telehealth Home-Based Implementations of Referent-Based Instruction
(Service Delivery)
MARIANA DE LOS SANTOS (Bloom Children's Center), Tania Catalina Catalina Pasillas Salazar (Bloom Children's Center)
Abstract: This session presents a case study in which a young girl with autism spectrum disorder in Monterrey, Mexico received referent-based verbal behavior instruction via synchronous distance delivery. Over the course of six months, the child received 30-60 minutes per week of language instruction that combined natural environment training with discrete trial training. Each session was video recorded. For this presentation, we aim to describe the intervention used in replicable detail, and show the child's development overtime through a series of video clips across the six months of intervention. Here we describe the modifications that were necessary to make referent-based instruction effective for telehealth delivery, along with the outcomes of the child who participated in this case study. Participants of this session will be able to identify elements of successful web-based verbal behavior instruction, participant characteristics, prerequisite skills, and what we learned from this pilot study. Our discussion will focus on implementation in rural settings.
 
 
Paper Session #484
CE Offered: BACB
Becoming a Behavior Analyst: Understanding Professionals’ Introduction to the Field and Why They Pursue Certification
Monday, May 31, 2021
5:30 PM–5:55 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: JUSTIN N COY (University of Pittsburgh)
CE Instructor: JUSTIN N COY, Ph.D.
 
Becoming a Behavior Analyst: Understanding Professionals’ Introduction to the Field and Why They Pursue Certification
Domain: Service Delivery
JUSTIN N COY (University of Pittsburgh), Olivia Grace Enders (University of Pittsburgh), Douglas E. Kostewicz (University of Pittsburgh)
 
Abstract: Understanding how certified behavior professionals learned about the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and why they pursued certification can support targeted development of ABA training programs. A mixed-methods survey distributed to over 1,200 certified behavior analysts across Pennsylvania sought to understand analysts’ decisions and experiences pursuing professional certification. Respondents (n = 96) indicated learning about ABA through their professional work, typically as direct-service or related service provider, during other coursework, or through familial connections. Analysts described pursuing certification to meet their professional career goals and better serve clients their current and future clients. Nearly all responding analysts (95.7%) reported working full- or part-time during their training program, typically as behavior professionals, special educators, or related service providers. Analysts described the importance of a work-life-school balance, including time-management and obtaining supervision within their workplace. Results from this pilot survey add important missing information regarding how analysts find our field and decide to pursue certification. In an age of unprecedented growth in analysts and demand for services, this information can help training programs recruit and graduate high-quality analysts. Understanding the personal and professional backgrounds of our professionals can also support our cross-disciplinary work to address socially significant issues.
 
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify common reasons future analysts discover the field of ABA; (2) identify why analysts pursue certification.
 
 
Special Event #485
CE Offered: BACB
Presidential Address: Discourse in 2021: Some Observations From a Radical Behaviorist
Monday, May 31, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University)
CE Instructor: Erin B. Rasmussen, Ph.D.
 

Presidential Address: Discourse in 2021: Some Observations From a Radical Behaviorist

Abstract:

Characterizing one’s behaviorism as radical entails a world view that is simultaneously fundamental in its emphasis on selection by the environment as the origin of behavior, whether public or private; thoroughgoing in its relevance to all dimensions of human endeavor, from simple reflexes to complex social systems; and extreme in its focus on changing the social environment to impact critical cultural reforms (e.g., Malagodi, 1996). Indeed, increasing attention to cultural behavior analysis has been a highlight of our recent history in this field, and significant strides have been made in expanding analyses beyond the molecular contingencies operating at the level of the individual to the meta- and macro-contingencies in effect for groups of individuals (e.g., Glenn, 2004). Of course, a cultural-level perspective has been a defining feature of most, if not all, of our sister social sciences from their inception, and it has been suggested (e.g., Malagodi, 1996) that behavior analysis could gain much from seeking alignment of our basic principles with complementary approaches and methodologies found useful in the broader social science arena. A case in point involves the study of discourse, defined conventionally as “extended expression of thought on a subject in connected speech or writing” and “rooted in concrete contexts such as history or institutions” (Merriam-Webster Dictionary). A scholarly target of multiple social science disciplines, quantitative and qualitative analytic strategies have been developed to better characterize, and study the function(s) of, a given discourse. In considering alignments, Skinner’s own analysis (1957) detailed differences in size across verbal operants, allowing for those of considerable extent, and he discussed discourse-like phenomena not infrequently, as in his treatment of the difficulties presented by the literatures of freedom and of dignity for a science of behavior (e.g., 1953, 1971). It will be argued here that important dimensions of current events on the national scene, as well as within behavior analysis, could also be described in terms of conflict in discourse and that, in seeking to find solutions, we might be wise to undertake a more broadly informed and truly radical approach to understanding the nature of discourse, its selection and transmission, and its impact on other modes of behavior. The extent to which a given discourse can function as a unit, and as a significant form of cultural practice, will be explored through examples.

References

Glenn, S. S. (2004). Individual Behavior, Culture, and Social Change. The Behavior Analyst, 27, 133-151.

Malagodi, E. F. (1996). On Radicalizing Behaviorism: A Call for Cultural Analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 9, 1-17.

Skinner, B. F. (1953). Science and Human Behavior. New York: Free Press.

Skinner, B. F. (1957). Verbal Behavior. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Skinner, B. F. (1971). Beyond Freedom and Dignity. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, Inc.

 
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
 

Dr. Carol Pilgrim received her Ph.D. from the University of Florida in 1987 with a specialization in the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.  She is currently Professor of Psychology at the University of North Carolina Wilmington, where she has been honored with a Distinguished Teaching Professorship (1994-1997), the North Carolina Board of Governors Teaching Excellence Award (2003), the Faculty Scholarship Award (2000), and the Graduate Mentor Award (2008).  She received the Chancellor’s Teaching Excellence Award and the College of Arts and Sciences Excellence in Teaching Award in 1992, the ABAI Student Committee Outstanding Mentor Award in 2006, and the ABAI Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis award in 2017.  Her research contributions include both basic and applied behavior analysis, with an emphasis in human operant behavior, relational stimulus control, and the early detection of breast cancer.  Dr. Pilgrim has served as editor of The Behavior Analyst, associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst, co-editor of the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, and as a member of the editorial boards of those and several other journals. She is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. She has served as President of the Association for Behavior Analysis, the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, and the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis.  Additionally, she has been Member-at-large of the Executive Council of ABA and Division 25, and member of the Boards of Directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies.

 
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
{"isActive":false}